Automation & Control

Twido
Programmable controller
Your peace of mind
Catalogue
October

07
 Flexibility Ingenuity Simplicity
b Interchangeable b Auto-adapts to its b Cost effective
modular functions, environment, "plug & “optimum” offers that
to better meet the play" make selection easy for
requirements for b Application functions, mosttypical applications
extensions control, communication b Products that are
b Software and and diagnostics easy to understand for
accessories common to embedded in the users, electricians and
multiple product families products automation specialists
b User-friendly b User-friendly intuitive
This international site allows you to access all the operation either directly programming
Telemecanique products in just 2 clicks via on the product or
comprehensive range data-sheets, with direct remotely
links to:
b Complete library: technical documents, catalogs,
certificates, FAQs, brochures...
b Selection guides from the e-catalog.
b Product discovery sites and their Flash
animations.

You will also find illustrated overviews, news to

which you can subscribe, a discussion forum, the Compactness
list of country contacts... b High functionality in a
To live automation solutions every day! minimum of space
b Freedom in Openness
implementation b Compliance with field
bus, connection, and
software standards
b Enabling
decentralised or remote
surveillance via the web
with Transparent Ready
products
General contents 0
Twido programmable controller

1 – Twido base controllers

Twido bases selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2
1-1 Compact bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/4
1-2 Modular bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14
1-3 Extreme base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/22

2 – Input/output modules
2-1 Discrete I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/2
2-2 Analog I/O modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/14
IP 67 I/O splitters boxes and interfaces selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/24

3 – Communication
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/2
3-1 Ethernet TCP/IP network - Transparent Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/4
3-2 CANopen machine and installation bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/8
3-3 AS-Interface cabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/12
3-4 Modbus and character mode serial link and I/O remote link . . . . page 3/16

4 – Programming software
TwidoSuite software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/2
TwidoAdjust software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/8

5 – Connection interfaces, regulated switch mode

power supplies and Human/Machines Interfaces
5-1 Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/2
5-2 Phaseo power supplies
Modular, Optimum and AS-Interface ranges page 5/18
Magelis display units and terminals selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/36

6 – Services
Technical information
Automation product certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/2
Marine classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/2
e marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/3
Protective treatment “TC” and “TH” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/3
Index
Product reference index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/4

1
 0

1/0
Content 0
1 - Twido programmable controller,
Bases 1

1 - Twido base controllers

Twido bases selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2

b Compact base controllers

1
v Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/4
v Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/6
v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/8
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/11
v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/12
v Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/12

b Modular base controllers

v Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14

v Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14
v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/16
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/19
v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/20
v Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/21
b Extreme base controller

v Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/22

v Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/22
v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/23
v Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/26
v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/28
v Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/29
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/30

1/1
 Selection guide 1
Twido programmable controller 1

Compact, modular and Extreme base controllers

Applications Compact base controllers IP 20

Discrete Basic 10 16 24 40
I/O Number of inputs 6 sink/source c 24 V inputs 9 sink/source c 24 V inputs 14 sink/source c 24 V inputs 24 sink/source c 24 V inputs
(1) (1) (1) (1)
Number of outputs 4 relay outputs 7 relay outputs 10 relay outputs 14 relay outputs
2 source transistor outputs

Type of connection Non-removable screw terminal block

I/O Number of 4 modules max. (2) 7 modules max. (2)

expansion expansion modules
Discrete 15 types of module: input, output, mixed 8, 16, 24, 32 channels,
I/O modules connection by screw or spring terminals or by HE 10 connector
Analogue 10 types of module: input, output, mixed 2, 4 or 8 channels,
I/O modules connection by screw terminals
Communication CANopen bus master module, AS-Interface master module (2 max)

Maximum number of 10 16 88/120/152 152/208/264

I/O per configuration according to whether according to whether
(base controller with I/O expansion has: I/O expansion has :
I/O expansion modules) screw terminals(3)/spring screw terminals/spring
terminals/HE 10 connector terminals/ HE 10 connector

Integrated Counting 3 x 16 bit counting channels (5) 4 x 16 bit counting channels (4)
counting 5 kHz
and Counting 1 x 16 bit counting channel 1 x 32 bit counting channel (on dedicated discrete inputs) 2 x 32 bit channels
positioning 20 kHz (on dedicated discrete inputs) (on dedicated discrete inputs)
7 kHz positioning 2 x PWM/PLS function channels

Functions PID Yes

Event processing Yes

Commu- Integrated 1 RS 485 serial port 1 RS 485 serial port, 1 optional RS 232C/RS 485 serial port
nication Ethernet port depending on model
Ethernet TCP/IP TwidoPort interface module
Expansion CANopen or AS-Interface see above

Supply voltage a 100...240 V for TWD LCAp (c 24 V discrete sensors powered by the base controller),
c 19.2…30 V for TWD LCDp

Program- Application memory 700 instructions 2000 instructions 3000 instructions 3000 instructions,
ming 6000 with memory extension
Internal bits 128 bits 128 bits 256 bits
Internal words (5) 3000
Standard function 64 timers, 128 counters 128 timers, 128 counters
blocks (5)
Double words Yes
Floating, Yes
Trigonometrical
Real-time clock Optional real time clock cartridge, using 16 real-time clock blocks Integrated

Twido Standard TWD LCpA 10DRF (6) TWD LCpA 16DRF (6) TWD LCpA 24DRF (6) TWD LCpA 40DRF (6)
base
controller With integrated TWD LCpE 40DRF (6)
models Ethernet port

Page 1/8
(1) Sink input: positive logic. Source input: negative logic.
(2) Within the consumption limit controlled by TwidoSuite software.
(3) With maximum of 42 relay outputs (on base controller and I/O expansions).

1/2
 1
1

Modular base controllers IP 20 Extreme base controller IP 67

20 40 41
12 sink/source c 24 V inputs (1) 24 sink/source c 24 V inputs (1) 11 sink/source c 12/24 V source
2 inputs c 12/24 V sink
8 sink or source transistor outputs 6 relay outputs and 2 source transistor 16 sink or source transistor outputs 2 source transistor outputs c 12/24 V
(depending on model) outputs (depending on model) 14 (c 12 V) or 11 (c 24 V) sink
transistor outputs
1 PWM input + 3 PWM/PLS outputs
By HE 10 connector or By removable screw terminal block By HE 10 connector or By 70-way connector
Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired
system (with base controller system (with base controller
TWD LMDA 20DTK) TWD LMDA 20DTK)

4 modules max. (2) 7 modules max. (2) –

15 –
s of module: input, output, mixed 8, 16, 24, 32 channels, connection by screw or spring terminals or by HE 10 connector
10 types of module: input, output, mixed 2, 4 or 8 channels connection by screw terminals Integrated: 8 inputs

CANopen bus master module, AS-Interface master module (2 max) –

84/116/148 132/188/244 152/208/264 –

according to whether I/O expansion I/O expansion with : I/O expansion with :
has : screw terminals/spring terminals/ screw terminals/spring terminals/
screw terminals/spring terminals/ HE 10 connector HE 10 connector
HE 10 connector

2 x 16 bit counting channels (4) 1 counting channel (10 kHz)

2 x 32 bit channels (on dedicated discrete inputs) –

2 x PWM/PLS function channels 3 x PWM/PLS function channels

Yes Yes
Yes Yes

1 RS 485 serial port, 1 optional RS 232C/RS 485 serial port 1 RS 485 serial port

TwidoPort interface module 2 integrated CANopen & CAN J1939 ports

CANopen or AS-Interface see above Via Ethernet box XGS Z33 ETH

c 19.2 V…30 V c 12 or 24 V (limitedc 9…32 V)

3000 instructions 3000 instructions, 6000 with memory extension 3000 instructions

256 bits
3000
128 timers, 128 counters

Yes
Yes

Optional real time clock cartridge, using 16 real-time clock blocks –

TWD LMDA 20DpK (7) TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DpK (7) TWD LEDCK1

1/18 1/28
(4) Dedicated c 24 V discrete inputs of the base controller and up/down counting with preset.
(5) The maximum values of the internal words and function blocks cannot be cumulated.
(6) Replace the p in the reference with A : a supply, D : c supply.
(7) Replace the p in the reference with T : source transistor outputs, U : sink transistor outputs.

1/3
 Presentation Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

Presentation
564493-3-3

The Twido range of compact programmable controllers offers an "all-in-one" solution

1 in a compact overall size: 80 to 157 x 90 x 70 mm. Ten compact base controllers are
available, differing in their processing capacity and in their number of c 24 V inputs
and number of relay and transistor outputs (10, 16, 24 and 40 I/O).
These base controllers use:
v an a.c. supply between a 100 and 240 V (providing the c 24 V supply to the
sensors),
v or a d.c. supply between c 19.2 and 30 V (an external auxiliary supply must be
TWD LCpA 10DRF provided for supply to the sensors).

This type of compact base controller offers the following advantages:

564493-3-3

b A significant number of I/O (up to 40 I/O) in a small overall size, so reducing the
size of consoles or panels for applications where space is an important factor.
b For 24 and 40 I/O models, a variety of expansion options and product options offer
the user a degree of flexibility which is generally only available with larger automation
platforms:
v with 24 I/O compact base controllers TWD LCpA 24DRF, up to 4 discrete and/or
analogue I/O expansion and/or communication modules.
v with 40 I/O compact base controllers TWD LCpp 40DRF, up to 7 expansion
modules (discrete and/or analogue I/O and/or communication), optional modules,
TWD LCpA 16DRF
such as digital display, memory extension cartridge, real-time clock cartridge and
additional RS 485 or RS 232C communication port.
b The compact controller solution also allows great wiring flexibility. For discrete I/O
564494-3-3

expansion modules (with base controllers TWD LCpA 24DRF and

TWD LCpp 40DRF) several possible types of connection are offered, such as
removable screw terminal blocks and spring type connections which allow simple,
fast and safe wiring. The Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system allows the
connection of modules with HE 10 connectors to:
v pre-formed cables with free wires at one end for direct connection to
sensors/preactuators,
v the Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system for Twido controller (connection
cable and ABE 7 sub-base assembly).
TWD LCpA 24DRF
b The display and plug-in memory options allow easy adjustment, transfer and
backup of applications:
v the digital display can be used as a local display and adjustment tool,
121114-49-M

v the EEPROM technology in the memory cartridges allows backup and transfer of
programs to any Twido compact or modular controller.
b TwidoSuite software allows easy programming using instruction list language
instructions or ladder language graphic objects.

TWD LCpA/LCpE 40DRF

1/4
Presentation (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

Configuration of compact base controllers

c 24 V a 100…240 V
1
TWD LCpA 10DRF
1 analogue adjustment
point (0…1023)

Cartridge:
- 32 Kb EPROM memory
TWD XCP MFK32 4 relay outputs
- real-time clock 6 discrete inputs
TWD XCP RTC

Digital display
TWD XCP ODC

c 24 V a 100…240 V

TWD LCpA 16DRF

1 analogue adjustment
point (0…1023)
RS 232/485 serial link
interface adapter
TWD NAC 232D/485p 7 relay outputs
9 discrete inputs
Cartridge:
- 32 Kb EPROM memory
TWD XCP MFK32
- real-time clock
TWD XCP RTC

Digital display
TWD XCP ODC

c 24 V a 100…240 V
TWD LCpA 24DRF __________ 4 I/O expansion modules max. __________
2 analogue adjustment
points
(0…1023 and 0…511)

RS 232/485 serial link

interface adapter
TWD NAC 232D/485p Discrete I/O Analogue I/O CANopen AS-Interface
TWD DpI TWD AMI/ARI TWD NCO1M TWD NOI 10M3
Cartridge: TWD DpO TWD ApO
- 32 Kb EPROM memory TWD ApM
TWD XCP MFK32
- real-time clock
TWD XCP RTC 10 relay outputs
14 discrete inputs
Digital display
TWD XCP ODC

c 24 V a 100…240 V
TWD LCpp 40DRF
________________ 7 I/O expansion modules max. ________________
2 analogue adjustment (1)
points
(0…1023 and 0…511)

RS 232/485 serial link

interface adapter
TWD NAC 232D/485p Discrete I/O Analogue I/O CANopen AS-Interface
TWD DpI TWD AMI/ARI TWD NCO1M TWD NOI 10M3
Cartridge: TWD DpO TWD ApO
- 32/64 Kb EPROM memory TWD ApM
TWD XCP MFK32/MFK64
- real-time clock (1)
14 relay outputs and 2 transistor outputs
24 discrete inputs

Digital display
TWD XCP ODC

Integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port

(with model TWD LCpE 40DRF)
(1) Real-time clock function integrated base controllers TWD LCpp 40DRF.

1/5
 Description Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

Description
Compact base controllers TWD LCpA ppDRF
1 (without integrated Ethernet port)
Twido TWD LCpA ppDRF compact programmable base controllers comprise :
2 3 4
1 Two hinged connection terminal block covers for access to the terminals.
5
2 A hinged access door.
1
6 3 A mini-DIN type RS 485 serial port connector (allowing connection of the
programming terminal).
7
4 A slot (protected by a removable cover) for digital diagnostic/maintenance display
module TWD XCP ODC.
1
8 5 A screw terminal block for c 24 V supply to the sensors (1) and for connection of
the input sensors.
11 9
6 A connector for I/O expansion modules TWD Dpp, TWD App and communication
12 10 modules TWD NOI 10M3/NCO1M (maximum of 4 modules on 24 I/O base
controllers and 7 modules on 40 I/O base controllers).

7 A display block showing:

- the status of the base controller by means of 3 pilot lights (PWR, RUN, ERR),
- the status of the inputs and outputs (INp and OUTp),
- a user pilot light (STAT), to be controlled by the application programme according
to user requirements.

8 A screw terminal block for connection of the output preactuators.

9 Two analogue adjustment points (one point for 10 and 16 I/O models).

10 An extension connector for the addition of a 2nd RS 232C/RS 485 serial port using
adapter TWD NAC ppp (for 16, 24 and 40 I/O models).

11 A screw terminal block for connection of the a 100...240 V mains or

c 19.2...30 V power supply.

With access through the bottom of the controller:

12 A connector for:
- 32 Kb memory cartridge TWD XCP MFK32 or real-time clock cartridge
TWD XCP RTC for base controllers TWD LCpA 10/16/24DRF,
- 64 Kb memory cartridge TWD XCP MFK64 for base controllers
TWD LCpA 40DRF.

Compact base controllers can be mounted as standard on a symmetrical 5 rail,

mounting plate or panel (2 x 4.3 Ø holes).

(1) c 24 V sensor supply only with base controller TWD LCAA ppDRF (a 100…240 V mains
supply)

1/6
Description (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

Description
Compact base controllers TWD LCAE / LCDE 40 DRF
(with integrated Ethernet port) 1
Twido TWD LCAE 40DRF and TWD LCDE 40DRF compact programmable base
2 3 4 7 1 5 6 controllers with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port comprise:

1 Two hinged connection terminal block covers for access to the terminals 5.

2 A hinged access door.

3 A mini-DIN type RS 485 serial port connector (allowing connection of the

programming terminal).

4 A slot (protected by a removable cover) for digital diagnostic/maintenance display

module TWD XCP ODC.

5 A screw terminal block for c 24 V (1) supply to the sensors and for connection of
13 11 9 1 8 the input sensors.
12 10 14 6 A connector for I/O expansion module TWD Dpp, TWD App and communication
module TWD NOI10M3/NCO1M (maximum 7 modules).

7 A display block showing:

- the status of the base controller by means of 7 pilot lights (PWR, RUN, ERR,
BAT, COM, LACT and L ST),
- the status of the inputs and outputs (INp and OUTp),
- a user pilot light (STAT), to be controlled by the application programme according
to user requirements.

8 A screw terminal block for connection of the output preactuators.

9 Two analogue adjustment points.

10 An extension connector for the addition of a 2nd RS 232C/RS 485 serial port using
adapter TWD NAC ppp.

11 A screw terminal block for connection of the a 100...240 V mains or

c 19.2...30 V supply.

With access through the bottom of the controller:

12 A connector for 32/64 Kb memory card TWD XCP MFK32/MFK64.

13 An RJ45 connector (accessed through the bottom of the controller) for connection
to the Ethernet TCP/IP network.

14 A slot to take the optional backup battery for the base controller's internal RAM.

Compact base controllers can be mounted as standard on a symmetrical 5 rail,

mounting plate or panel (2 x 4.3 Ø holes).

(1) c 24 V sensor supply only with base controller TWD LCAE 40DRF (model with
a 100…240 V mains supply)

1/7
 Characteristics Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

Environment
Base controller type TWD LCpA 10DRF TWD LCpA 16DRF TWD LCpA 24DRF TWD LCAp 40DRF
1 Temperature °C Operation: 0…+ 55. Storage: - 25…+ 70

Relative humidity 30 to 95 %, without condensation

Degree of protection IP 20

Altitude Operation m 0…2000

Storage m 0…3000

Vibration resistance Mounted on 5 rail Hz 10…57, amplitude 0.075 mm, acceleration 57…150 Hz
m/s2 9.8 (1 gn)
Plate or panel mounted Hz 2…25, amplitude 1.6 mm, acceleration 25…100 Hz
(using fixing kit TWD XMT5) m/s2 39.2 (4 gn)

Shock resistance m/s2 147 (15 gn) for 11 ms

Characteristics of compact base controllers

Backup battery Data backed up Internal RAM: internal variables, internal bits and words, timers, counters, shift
registers...
Battery type Lithium battery, not interchangeable External battery
TSX PLP 01
Autonomy days approximately 30 at 25 °C with fully charged battery 3 years with
external battery
Charging time h Approximately 15 to charge from 0...90% of the full charge
Life 10 years 2 weeks from when
the BAT light comes
on
Number of c 24 V inputs 6 9 14 24

Number and type of outputs 4 relay 7 relay 10 relay 14 relay + 2 transistor

Connection of I/O Non-removable screw terminal block

I/O expansion modules Max. number of modules – 4 7

Max. number of I/O – 88/120/152 (1) 152/208/264 (1)
AS-Interface – Management of slave modules: 62 (discrete), 7 (analogue)

Application memory capacity 700 instructions 2000 instructions 3000 instructions 3000 and 6000
instructions with
memory extension

Cycle time Processing time ms 1 for 1000 logic instructions

System overhead ms 0.5

Data memory Internal bits 128 256

Internal words (2) 3000
Timers (2) 64 128
Counters (2) 128
Double words – Yes
Floating, trigonometrical – Yes

(1) The1st value corresponds to the maximum number of I/O (base controller and expansion module) with screw terminal expansion modules, the 2 nd value is for
spring terminal expansion modules and the 3 rd is for HE 10 connector expansion modules.
(2) The maximum values cannot be cumulated.

1/8
Characteristics (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

Supply
c compact base controller type TWD LCDA 10DRF TWD LCDA 16DRF TWD LCDA 24DRF TWD LCDA 40DRF

Voltage Nominal V c 24
TWD LCDE 40DRF
1
Limit (including ripple) V c 20.4...28.8
c 24 V output –
for sensors
Max. inrush current at c 24 V A 35 40 35
Duration of microbreaks ms 10 max
Built-in protection By internal fuse
Max. consumption W 3.9 4.6 8.7 17.2
Dielectric Between supply and earth terminals V rms 500 for 1 mn
strength Between I/O and earth terminals V rms 1500 for 1 mn
Insulation Between supply and earth terminals MΩ > 10 (c 500 V)
resistance Between I/O and earth terminals MΩ > 10 (c 500 V)

a compact base controller type TWD LCAA 10DRF TWD LCAA 16DRF TWD LCAA 24DRF TWD LCAA 40DRF
TWF LCAE 40DRF
Voltage Nominal V a 100...240
Limit (including ripple) V a 85...264
Frequencies Nominal/limit Hz 50-60/47-63
c 24 V output for sensors mA 250 250 250 400
Current Nominal input I rms at a 85 V A 0.25 0.30 0.45 0.79
Max. inrush A 35 35 40 35
Duration of microbreaks ms 10 max
Built-in protection By internal fuse
Maximum consumption at a 100 V VA 20 22 33 65
at a 264 V VA 30 31 40 77
Dielectric Between supply and earth terminals V rms 1500 - 50/60 Hz for 1 mn
strength Between I/O and earth terminals V rms 1500 - 50/60 Hz for 1 mn
Insulation Between supply and earth terminals MΩ > 10 (c 500 V)
resistance Between I/O and earth terminals MΩ > 10 (c 500 V)

Communication
Base controller type TWD LCpA 10DRF LCpA 16DRF LCpA 24DRF LCpA 40DRF LCpE 40DRF
Integrated Serial link Type 1 x RS 485 serial link, not isolated, 38.4 Kbit/s
connections Protocol - Half-duplex terminal port
- Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII or character mode
- “Remote link” decentralised I/O (Twido base controllers used as I/O extension or as
local “reflex” controller) see page 3/21
Connection 8-way mini-DIN connector
Ethernet TCP/IP Type – 10BASE-T/
100BASE-TX
Connection – RJ45 connect.
Connections via Serial link Type – One RS 232C or RS 485 adapter, 1.2…38.4 Kbit/s
adapter or Connection – Mini-DIN or terminal block (RS 485 only)
communication
AS-Interface Type – One or 2 master modules (standard and extended
modules
addressing), 62 slaves
Connection – Removable screw terminal block
CANopen Type – One master module (class M10), 125...500 Kbit/s,
16 slaves max.
Connection – 9-way SUB-D male connector
Ethernet TCP/IP Type One TwidoPort 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX interface module
Connection RJ45 connector. Supply to the module via integrated RS 485 link connector

Integrated functions
Counting Number of channels 4 and 6 for TWD LCAp 40DRF
Frequency 3 channels at 5 kHz (function FCi), 1 channel at 20 kHz (function VFCi)
4 channels at 5 kHz (function FCi), 2 channels at 20 kHz (function VFCi)
for TWD LCAp 40DRF
Capacity 16 bits FC (function FCi), 32 bits (function VFCi)
Positioning Number of channels 2
(for base controllers Frequency kHz 7
TWD LCAp 40DRF)
Functions PWM, pulse width modulation output; PLS, pulse generator output
PID 24 I/O and 40 I/O base controllers Yes
Event processing 24 I/O and 40 I/O base controllers Yes
Analogue 10 I/O and 16 I/O base controllers 1 point adjustable from 0…1023 points
adjustment points 24 I/O and 40 I/O base controllers 1 point adjustable from 0…1023 points + 1 point adjustable from 0…511 points

1/9
 Characteristics (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

c input characteristics
Base controller type TWD LCpA TWD LCpA TWD LCpA TWD LCpA TWD LCpE
1 Number of input channels
10DRF
6
16DRF
9
24DRF
14
40DRF
24
40DRF

Nominal input voltage V c 24 sink/source (positive or negative logic)

Commons 1 2
Input voltage range V c 20.4...28.8 c 20.4...26.4
Nominal input current 11 mA for I0.0 and I0.1, 11 mA for I0.0, I0.1, I0.6 and I0.7,
7 mA for other inputs I0.i 7 mA for I0.2 to I0.5 and I0.8 to
I0.23
Input impedance 2.1 kΩ for I0.0 and I0.1, 2.1 kΩ for I0.0, I0.1, I0.6 and I0.7,
3.4 kΩ for other inputs I0.i 3.4 kΩ for I0.2 to I0.5 and I0.8 to
I0.23
Filter time At state 1 35 μs + programmed filter time for I0.0…I0.5,
40 μs + programmed filter time for other inputs I0.i
At state 0 45 μs + programmed filter time for I0.0…I0.5, 40 μs + programmed filter time
150 μs + programmed filter time for other inputs I0.i for I0.0…I0.5,
150 μs + programmed filter time
for other inputs I0.i
Isolation Between channels None
Between channels and V rms a 1500 for 1 min
internal logic
Output characteristics
Number of output channels 4 relay 7 relay 10 relay 16 (14 relay + 2 transistor)
Output currents Nominal A 2 per channel, 2 (relay)
8 per common 1 (transistor)
Surge per channel 5 max. –
Commons Common 0 3 N/O contacts 4 N/O contacts 4 N/O contacts –
Common 1 1 N/O contact 2 N/O contacts 4 N/O contacts –
Common 2 – 1 N/O contact 1 N/O contact 4 N/O contacts
Common 3 – – 1 N/O contact 4 N/O contacts
Common 4 – – – 4 N/O contacts
Common 5 – – – 1 N/O contact
Common 6 – – – 1 N/O contact
Minimum switching load mA 0.1 per c 0.1 V (reference value)
Contact resistance When new mΩ 30 max
Loads on relay outputs Resistive A 2 at a 240 V or 2 at c 30 V (with 1800 operations/hour max.):
(e.g.: heating element) - minimum electrical life: 1 x 105 operations
inductive with protection - minimum mechanical life: 20 x 106 operations
device (1)
(e.g.: relay, solenoid valve)
Inductive without protection Use of relay outputs not guaranteed (reduction of life). For this type of application, it
device is advisable to use the transistor outputs of compact base controllers
Capacitive TWD LCpp 40DRF or of expansion modules TWD DDO pppp
(e.g.: TeSys U starters,
Festo solenoid valves)
Insulation voltage Between channels and V rms a 1 500 for 1 min
internal logic
Consumption At state 0 c5V mA 5 5 5 70 170
for all the outputs c 24 V mA – – – 5 5
At state 1 c5V mA 24 30 36 90 190
c 24 V mA 26 40 55 128 128
At state 1 c5V mA – – – 140 240
+ inputs ON c 24 V mA – – – 128 128

Real-time clock cartridge (optional) (2) (3)

Precision s/mth. ± 30 at 25 °C
Autonomy days approximately 30 at 25 °C with fully charged battery
Backup battery See page 1/8
Memory cartridge (optional) (2)
Cartridge type TWD XCP MFK32 TWD XCP MFK64
Memory type EEPROM
Memory capacity Kb 32 64
Save/transfer program and internal words Yes
Program size increase No 6000 instructions with compact base
controllers TWD LCpp 40DRF

(1) Inductive load fitted with a protection device such as an RC peak limiter or flywheel diode.
(2) Compact base controllers TWD LCpA 10DRF/16DRF/24DRF have only one cartridge slot, therefore only one type of cartridge (real-time clock or memory) can
be used.
(3) Integrated real-time clock function for compact base controllers TWD LCpp 40DRF.

1/10
References Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

References
Number Inputs Outputs No. of I/O No. of program Integrated Reference Weight
of I/O sink/source expansion
modules
memory
instructions
Ethernet
port
kg
1
Compact base controllers, a supply
10 I/O 6 c 24 V 4 relay – 700 – TWD LCAA 10DRF 0.230
inputs outputs
16 I/O 9 c 24 V 7 relay – 2000 – TWD LCAA 16DRF 0.250
inputs outputs
24 I/O 14 c 24 V 10 relay 4 3000 – TWD LCAA 24DRF 0.305
inputs outputs
40 I/O 24 c 24 V 14 relay 7 3000 (1) – TWD LCAA 40DRF 0.525
inputs outputs and
2 transistor Yes TWD LCAE 40DRF 0.525
TWD LCpA 10DRF/16DRF outputs

Compact base controllers, c supply

10 I/O 6 c 24 V 4 relay – 700 – TWD LCDA 10DRF 0.230
inputs outputs
16 I/O 9 c 24 V 7 relay – 2000 – TWD LCDA 16DRF 0.250
inputs outputs
24 I/O 14 c 24 V 10 relay 4 3000 – TWD LCDA 24DRF 0.305
inputs outputs
40 I/O 24 c 24 V 14 relay 7 3000 (1) – TWD LCDA 40DRF 0.525
inputs outputs and
2 transistor Yes TWD LCDE 40DRF 0.525
outputs

Separate components
Description Application Type Reference Weight
kg
Cartridges 32 Kb memory For all compact base controllers: EEPROM TWD XCP MFK32 0.005
- Application backup
TWD XCP MFK32/MFK64 - Program transfer
64 Kb memory For compact base controllers EEPROM TWD XCP MFK64 0.005
TWD LCpp 40DRF:
- Memory extension
- Application backup
- Program transfer
Real-time clock For base controllers TWD LCpA 10/16/24DRF – TWD XCP RTC 0.005
Date-stamping RTC based programming

TWD XCP RTC Serial interface adapters Mini-DIN connector RS 232C TWD NAC 232D 0.010
RS 485 TWD NAC 485D 0.010
Screw terminals RS 485 TWD NAC 485T 0.010

Digital display Data display and modification – TWD XCP ODC 0.020

TWD NAC pppp

Input simulators 6 inputs – TWD XSM 6 –
9 inputs – TWD XSM 9 –
14 inputs – TWD XSM 14 –

External backup batteries For compact base controllers Sold TSX PLP 01 –
TWD LCpp 40DRF individually
Sold in TSX PLP 101 –
lots of 10
TWD XCP ODC
(1) 6000 instructions with memory extension cartridge TWD XCP MFK64.

1/11
 Dimensions, Twido programmable controller 0

connections Compact base controllers

Dimensions
TWD LCpA 10DRF/16DRF/24DRF and TWD LCAp 40DRF
1
2,03 70 a

IN

90
OUT

4,5
a
TWD LCpA 10DRF 80
TWD LCpA 16DRF 80
TWD LCpA 24DRF 95
TWD LCpA 40DRF 157
TWD LCpE 40DRF 157

Installation rules

20 20

40 IN
40 80
OUT

20 20

d Important:
b Vertical mounting: not permissible for temperatures u 40° C;
b “Upside down” flat mounting: not permissible.
b Avoid placing devices which generate heat (transformers, power supplies, power
contactors...) beneath the controller.

Connections
Connection of power supplies
TWD LCAp ppDRF TWD LCAp ppDRF
a 100…240 V supply c 24 V supply
100-240VAC 24VCC
L N +24V 0V

+
–

1/12
Connections (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Compact base controllers

Connections (continued)
Connection of c 24 V inputs
TWD LCpA 10DRF/16DRF/24DRF
Connection to sink inputs (positive logic) Connection to source inputs (negative logic)
1

+ + + – –
+
– – – + +
–

+24V 0V DC IN +24V 0V DC IN
DCOu t CO M0 1 2 3 4 5 … 13
DC OuJ COM
0 1 2 3 4 5 … 13

TWD LCpA 40DRF

Connection to sink inputs (positive logic) Connection to source inputs (negative logic)

++ + + –– – –
+ + – –
–– – – ++ + +
– – + +

+24V 0V DC IN +24V 0V DC IN
0 1 … 11 COM1 12 13 … 23 0 1 … 11 COM 12 13 … 23
DC Out COM0 DC OuJ COM0

Connection of outputs
TWD LCpA 10DRF TWD LCpA 16DRF

Supply Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Supply Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6
Ry. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT
COM0 0 1 2 COM1 3 COM0 0 1 2 3 COM1 4 5 COM2 6

+ + + + +
L L L L L
– L L L – L L – L
– –

TWD LCpA 24DRF

Supply Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9
Ry. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT
COM0 0 1 2 3 COM1 4 5 6 7 COM2 8 COM3 9

+ + + +
L L L L L L L L L L
– – – –

TWD LCpA 40DRF/TWD LCpE 40DRF

Supply Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15

Tr. OUT Tr. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT Ry. OUT
V0 + V0 – 0 VI + VI – 1 COM2 3 4 5 COM3 6 7 8 9 COM4 10 11 12 13 COM5 14 COM6 15

+ + + + + + +
– L – L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L
– – – – –

Sensors powered via c 24 V internal supply provided by base controllers TWD LCAp ppDRF (supplied with a 100…240V): max. 250 mA (except
400 mA with 40 I/O base controller).
Sensors powered by external c 24 V supply.

1/13
 Presentation, Twido programmable controller 0

description Modular base controllers

Presentation
The modular programmable controller range includes five base controllers, which
1 differ in their processing capacity and their number and type of I/O (20 or 40 I/O with
connection by screw terminal block or HE 10 connector, with relay or sink/source
transistor outputs). They can be fitted with any of the I/O expansion modules in the
range (18 discrete and analogue modules). All these modular base controllers use a
c 24 V power supply.

These modular base controllers offer:

TWD LMDA 20DTK/20DUK b A modular design to adapt to the needs of the application by using a base
controller which can be fitted with up to 4 or 7 discrete or analogue I/O expansion
modules (depending on the model).
b A variety of options which offer the user a degree of flexibility which is generally
only available with larger automation platforms. TWD LMDA modular base
controllers can be fitted simultaneously with an optional memory cartridge module, a
real-time clock cartridge module and a digital display module or serial interface
module; both of the latter two modules allow the addition of a second RS 485 or
RS 232C communication port.
b The modular controller solution also allows great wiring flexibility. Several types of
connection are offered, such as removable screw terminal blocks, spring type
connections or HE 10 connectors which allow simple, fast and safe wiring. The
TWD LMDA 20DRT Advantys Telefast ABE 7 system provides a pre-wired cabling solution, allowing
connection of modules with HE 10 connectors to:
v pre-formed cables with free wires at one end for direct connection to
sensors/preactuators,

TwidoSuite software allows easy programming using instruction list language

instructions or ladder language graphic objects.

Description
Twido TWD LMDA p0 Dpp modular programmable base controllers comprise:

TWD LMDA 40DTK/40DUK On the front panel:

1 A hinged access door.
1 2 3 4 2 An analogue adjustment point.
3 A connector for connection of the integrated analogue input.
4 A display block showing:
- the status of the base controller by means of 7 pilot lights (PWR, RUN, STP,
NCF, HLT and NEX)
5 - the status of the inputs and outputs (INp and OUTp).
9 5 A mini-DIN type RS 485 serial port connector (allowing connection of the
programming terminal).
6 Two slots (protected by a removable cover) for memory cartridge
6
TWD XCP MFK32/MFK64 and real-time clock cartridge TWD XCP RTC.
7 One (or more) HE 10 connector(s) (26-way) or screw terminal block (with module
TWD LMDA 20DRT) for connection of the input sensors/output preactuators.
8 Screw terminals for connection of the c 24 V mains power supply.
7
On the right-hand side panel:
9 A connector for I/O expansion modules TWD Dpp, TWD App and communication
modules TWD NOI 10M3/NCO1M (4 or 7 depending on the model).
8
On the left-hand side panel:
A connector (not visible) for display module TWD XCP ODM or serial interface
module TWD NOZ pppp.

Modular base controllers are mounted on a symmetrical 5 rail. Fixing kit

TWD XMT5 (sold in lots of 5) allows plate or panel mounting.

1/14
 Description (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Modular base controllers

Descriptions (continued)
Configuration of modular base controllers

c 24 V TwidoPort module
1
499 TWD 01100

Ethernet
Serial interface module Display module
TCP/IP
TWD NOZ pppp TWD XCP ODM
_______ 4 I/O expansion modules max. _______

Serial link TWD LMDA 20DTK

RS 232/485 TWD LMDA 20DUK
or

Discrete I/O Analogue I/O AS-Interface

TWD DpI TWD AMI/ARI TWD NOI 10M3
TWD DpO TWD ApO CANopen
RS 232/485 serial link TWD ApM TWD NCO1M
interface adapter
TWD NAC 232D/485D

12 inputs
8 outputs

EPROM
memory cartridge
TWD XCP MFK32

Real-time clock
TWD XCP RTC

c 24 V TwidoPort module
499 TWD 01100

Serial interface module Display module Ethernet

TWD NOZ pppp TWD XCP ODM TCP/IP_______________ 7 I/O expansion modules max. _______________

Serial link TWD LMDA 20DRT

RS 232/485 TWD LMDA 40DpK
or

Discrete I/O Analogue I/O AS-Interface

TWD DpI TWD AMI/ARI TWD NOI 10M3
TWD DpO TWD ApO
TWD ApM CANopen
RS 232/485 serial link or TWD NCO1M
interface adapter
TWD NAC 232D/485D

12 inputs
6 relay outputs
2 transistor outputs
EPROM
memory cartridge
TWD XCP MFK32/MFK64 24 inputs
16 transistor outputs
Real-time clock
TWD XCP RTC

1/15
 Characteristics Twido programmable controller 0

Modular base controllers

Environment
Base controller type TWD LMDA 20DTK LMDA 20DUK LMDA 20DRT LMDA 40DTK LMDA 40DUK
1 Temperature
Relative humidity
°C Operation: 0…+ 55; Storage: - 25…+ 70
30 to 95 %, without condensation
Degree of protection IP 20
Altitude m Operation: 0…2000; Storage: 0…3000
Vibration resistance Mounted on 5 rail Hz 10…57, amplitude 0.075 mm, acceleration 57…150 Hz
m/s2 9.8 (1 gn)

Plate or panel mounted Hz 2…25, amplitude 1.6 mm, acceleration 25…100 Hz

(using fixing kit TWD XMT5) m/s2 39.2 (4 gn)

Shock resistance m/s2 147 (15 gn) for 11 ms

General characteristics of modular base controllers

Backup battery Data backed up Internal RAM: internal variables, internal bits and words, timers, counters, shift
registers...
Battery type Lithium battery, not interchangeable
Autonomy days Approximately 30 at 25 °C with fully charged battery
Charging time h Approximately 15 to charge from 0...90% of the full charge
Life years 10

Number of c 24 V inputs 12
Outputs (1) Number 8 8 8 16 16

Type source transistor sink transistor

6 relay and source transistor sink transistor
2 source
transistor
Connection of I/O HE 10 connector Removable HE 10 connector
screw terminal
block
I/O expansion modules Max. number of modules 4 7
Max. number of I/O 84/116/148 (2) 132/188/244 (2) 152/208/264 (2)
AS-Interface Management of slave modules: 62 (discrete), 7 (analogue)

Application memory capacity 3000 instructions 3000 instructions,

6000 with memory cartridge TWD XCP MFK64
Cycle time Processing time ms 1 for 1000 logic instructions
System overhead ms 0.5

Data memory Internal bits 256

Internal words (3) 3000
Timers (3) 128
Counters (3) 128
Double words Yes
Floating, trigonometrical – Yes

(1) Source output: positive logic, sink output: negative logic.

(2) The1st value corresponds to the maximum number of I/O (base controller and expansion module) with screw terminal expansion modules, the 2 nd value is for
spring terminal expansion modules and the 3 rd is for HE 10 connector expansion modules.
(3) The maximum values cannot be cumulated.

1/16
Characteristics (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Modular base controllers

Supply
Base controller type TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK

Voltage Rated V
TWD LMDA 20DUK
c 24
TWD LMDA 40DUK
1
Limit (including ripple) V c 20.4...26.4

c 24 V output for sensors –

Power at a 26.4 V W 15 (base + 4 expansion 19 (base + 7 expansion modules)
modules)
Maximum inrush current at c 24 V A 50
Duration of microbreaks ms 10 max
Built-in protection By internal fuse
Dielectric Between supply and earth terminals V rms 500 for 1 mn
strength Between I/O and earth terminals V rms 1500 for 1 mn

Insulation Between supply and earth terminals MΩ > 10 (c 500 V)

resistance Between I/O and earth terminals MΩ > 10 (c 500 V)

Communication
Base controller type TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DRT TWD LMDA 40DTK
TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 40DUK
Integrated Serial link Type 1 x RS 485 serial link, not isolated, 38,4 Kbit/s
connection Protocol -Half-duplex terminal port
-Modbus master/slave RTU/ASCII or character mode
-“Remote link” decentralised I/O (Twido base controllers used as I/O extension or as
local “reflex” controller) see page 3/21
Connection 8-way mini-DIN connector

Connections Serial link Type One RS 232C or RS 485 adapter, 1.2…38.4 Kbit/s (1)
via adapter or Connection Mini-DIN or terminal block (RS 485 only)
communication
modules
AS-Interface Type One or 2 master modules (standard and extended addressing), 62 slaves
Connection Removable screw terminal block

CANopen Type One master module (class M10), 125...500 Kbit/s, 16 slaves max.
Connection 9-way SUB-D male connector

Ethernet TCP/IP Type One TwidoPort 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX interface module (class A10)
Connection RJ45 connector. Supply to the module via integrated RS 485 link connector

Integrated functions
Counting Number of channels 4
Frequency 2 channels at 5 kHz (function FCi), 2 channels at 20 kHz (function VFCi)
Capacity 16 bits (function FCi), 32 bits (function VFCi)

Positioning Number of channels 2

Frequency kHz 7
Functions PWM, pulse width modulation output; PLS, pulse generator output

Analogue input Number of channels 1 channel

Range 0…10 V
Resolution 9 bits (0…511 points)
Input impedance kΩ 100

PID Yes
Event processing Yes
Analogue adjustment points 1 point adjustable from 0…1023 points

(1) Adapter included in serial interface module TWD NOZ pppp, or adapter TWD NAC pppp to be fitted into integrated display module TWD XCP ODM.

1/17
 Characteristics (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Modular base controllers

c input characteristics
Base controller type TWD LMDA 20DTK LMDA 20DUK LMDA 20DRT LMDA 40DTK LMDA 40DUK
1 Number of input channels
Rated input voltage V
12
c 24 sink/source (positive or negative logic)
24

Commons 1 2
Input voltage range V c 20.4...26.4
Rated input current mA 5 for I0.0 and I0.1, I0.6 and I0.7, 7 for other inputs I0.i
Input impedance kΩ 5.7 for I0.0 and I0.1, I0.6 and I0.7, 4,7 for other inputs I0.i
Filter time At state 1 µs 35 for I0.0 and I0.1, I0.6 and I0.7, 40 for other inputs I0.i
At state 0 µs 45 for I0.0 and I0.1, I0.6 and I0.7, 150 for other inputs I0.i
Isolation Between channels None
Between channels and internal V rms a 1500 for 1 min
logic
Transistor output characteristics
Number of output channels 8 2 16
Output logic (1) Source Sink Source Sink
Commons 1 2
Nominal output values Voltage V 24
Current A 0.3
Output voltage range Voltage V 20.4…28.8
Current per channel A 0.36
Current per common A 1
Response time At state 1 µs 5 for Q 0.0 and Q0.1, 300 for other outputs Q 0.i
At state 0 µs 5 for Q 0.0 and Q0.1, 300 for other ouputs Q 0.i
Residual voltage At state 1 V 1 max
Maximum inrush current A 1
Leakage current mA 0.1
Overvoltage protection V 39
Maximum power of filament lamp W 8
Isolation Between channels None
Between channels and internal V rms a 1500 for 1 min
logic
Characteristics of relay outputs for base controller TWD LMDA 20DRT
Number of output channels 6
Output currents Normal A 2 per channel, 8 per common
Surge per channel A 5 max.
Commons Common 1 3 N/O contacts
Common 2 2 N/O contacts
Common 3 1 N/O contact
Minimum switching load mA 0.1 per c 0.1 V (reference value)
Contact resistance When new mΩ 40 max
Loads on relay output Resistive A 2 at a 240 V or 2 at c 30 V (with1800 operations/hour max.):
(e.g.: heating element) - minimum electrical life: 1 x 105 operations
Inductive with protection device - minimum mechanical life: 20 x 106 operations
(2)
(e.g.: relay, solenoid valve)
Inductive without protection Use of relay outputs not guaranteed (reduction of life). For this type of application, it
device is advisable to use the transistor outputs of modular base controllers TWD LMDA
Capacitive (e.g..: TeSys U 20/40DTK/20/40DUK or of expansion modules TWD DDO pppp
starters, Festo solenoid valves)
Insulation voltage Between channels & int. logic V rms a 1 500 for 1 min
Consumption for At state 1 c5V mA 30
all the outputs c 24 V mA 40
At state 0 c5V mA 5
Real-time clock cartridge (optional)
Precision s/mth. + 30 at 25 °C
Autonomy days approximately 30 at 25 °C with fully charged battery
Backup battery See page 1/16

Memory cartridge (optional)

Cartridge type TWD XCP MFK32 TWD XCP MFK64
Memory type EEPROM
Memory capacity Kb 32 64
Save/transfer program and internal words All modular base controllers Base controllers
TWD LMDA 20DRT/40DpK
Program size increase – 6000 instructions with base controllers
TWD LMDA 20DRT/40DpK

(1) Source output: positive logic, sink output: negative logic.

(2) Inductive load fitted with a protection device such as an RC peak limiter or flywheel diode.

1/18
References Twido programmable controller 0

Modular base controllers

References
Sink/source Outputs No. of I/O No. of Reference Weight
inputs expansion
modules
program memory
instructions kg
1
Modular base controllers, 20 I/O
12 c 24 V inputs 8 source transistor 4 3000 TWD LMDA 20DTK (2) 0.140
outputs

8 sink transistor 4 3000 TWD LMDA 20DUK (2) 0.140

outputs
TWD LMDA TWD LMDA
20DTK/20DUK 40DTK/40DUK 6 relay outputs 7 3000 (1) TWD LMDA 20DRT 0.185
2 source transistor
outputs

Modular base controllers, 40 I/O

24 c 24 V inputs 16 source transistor 7 3000 (1) TWD LMDA 40DTK (2) 0.180
outputs

16 sink transistor 7 3000 (1) TWD LMDA 40DUK (2) 0.180

outputs

TWD LMDA 20DRT

Separate components
Description Applications Type Reference Weight
kg
32 Kb memory cartridge For all modular base controllers: EEPROM TWD XCP MFK32 0.005
- Application backup
- Program transfer

64 Kb memory cartridge For base controllers EEPROM TWD XCP MFK64 0.005
TWD XCP MFK pp TWD LMDA 20DRT/40DpK :
- Memory extension
- Application backup
- Program transfer

Integrated For base controllers – TWD XCP ODM 0.105

display module TWD LMDA 20/40Dpp.
Mounted on left-hand side of base
controller. Enables adjustment and
diagnostics of the controller.
Can take a serial adapter TWD NAC pppp

Fixing kit For plate or panel mounting of – TWD XMT5 –

(Sold in lots of 5) modular base controllers or extensions

Serial interface adapters Integrated display Mini-DIN type RS 232C TWD NAC 232D 0.010
TWD XCP ODM module TWD XCP ODM connector RS 485 TWD NAC 485D 0.010

Screw terminals RS 485 TWD NAC 485T 0.010

Modules with integrated Modular base controllers Mini-DIN type RS 232C TWD NOZ 232D 0.085
serial link adapter TWD LMDA 20/40Dpp connector RS 485 TWD NOZ 485D 0.085

Screw terminals RS 485 TWD NOZ 485T 0.085

TWD NAC TWD NAC

232D/485D 485T
Spare parts
Screw terminal blocks Base controller – TWD FTB 2T13 –
(Sold in lots of 2) TWD LMDA 20DRT, 13 contacts
Base controller – TWD FTB 2T16 –
TWD LMDA 20DRT, 16 contacts
Analogue input cable For integrated analogue input. Length 1 m – TWD XCA 2A10M –

Pre-formed cables Base controller TWD LMOA p0DTK/DVK – See page 5/12 –

(1) 6000 instructions with memory extension cartridge TWD XCP MFK64.
(2) Connection by HE10 connector, allowing use of the Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system (see page 5/12).
TWD NOZ ppp

1/19
 Dimensions Twido programmable controller 0

Modular base controllers

Dimensions
TWD LMDA 20DpK/20DRT/40DpK
1
11,3 70 a

90
CN1 CN2

14,6

4,5
TWD a
LMDA 20DTK/DUK 35.4
LMDA 20DRT 47.5
LMDA 40DTK/DUK 47.5

Installation rules

20 20

40 40 80

80
20 20

d Important:
b Horizontal or flat mounting: not permissible.
b Avoid placing devices which generate heat (transformers, power supplies, power
contactors...) beneath the controller.

1/20
Connections Twido programmable controller 0

Modular base controllers

Connections
Power supply for modular base controllers TWD LMDA 20/40Dpp
c 24 V supply 1
24VCC
+24V 0V

+
–

TWD LMDA 20DTK TWD LMDA 20DUK TWD LMDA 20DRT

26 I0 O0 25 L 26 I0 O0 25 L O0 0 L
24 I1 O1 23 L 24 I1 O1 23 L O1 1 L
22 I2 O2 21 L 22 I2 O2 21 L COM +
20 I3 O3 19 L 20 I3 O3 19 L + –
0 I0 -V
18 17 L 18 I4 O4 17 L
I4 O4 1 I1 NC
16 I5 O5 15 L 16 I5 O5 15 L
2 I2 O2 2 L
14 I6 O6 13 L 14 I6 O6 13 L
3 I3 O3 3 L
12 I7 O7 11 L 12 I7 O7 11 L 4
4 I4 O4 L
10 I8 COM(+) 9 10 I8 COM(+) 9
+ – – + 5 I5 COM1
8 I9 COM(+) 7 8 I9 COM(+) 7 6 I6 NC
6 I10 COM(+) 5 6 I10 COM(+) 5 7 I7 O5 5 L
4 I11 –V 3 4 I11 –V 3 8 I8 O6 6 L
(a) + – (a) + – 2 COM –V 1
2 COM –V 1 9 I9 COM2
(b) – + (b) – +
10 I10 NC
11 I11 O7 7 L
(a) + – COM COM3
(b) – +

v The COM (+) and COM (-) terminals are interconnected internally. v Output channels 0 and 1 are of the source transistor
v The COM and COM (+), COM and COM (-) terminals are independent. type.
v The -V and +V terminals are linked internally. Output channels 2 to 7 are of the relay type.
v The COM terminals are independent.

TWD LMDA 40DTK TWD LMDA 40DUK

CN1 CN1
26 I0 O0 25 L 26 I0 O0 25 L
24 I1 O1 23 L 24 I1 O1 23 L
22 I2 O2 21 L 22 I2 O2 21 L
20 I3 O3 19 L 20 I3 O3 19 L
18 I4 O4 17 L 18 I4 O4 17 L
16 I5 O5 15 L 16 I5 O5 15 L
14 I6 O6 13 L 14 I6 O6 13 L
12 I7 O7 11 L 12 I7 O7 11 L
10 I8 COM(+) 9 10 I8 COM(+) 9
8 I9 COM(+) 7 + – 8 I9 COM(+) 7
– +
6 I10 COM(+) 5 6 I10 COM(+) 5
4 I11 –V 3 4 I11 –V 3
(a) + – 2 COM –V 1 (a) + – COM –V
2 1
(b) – + (b) – +
CN2 CN2
26 I0 O0 25 L 26 I0 O0 25 L
24 I1 O1 23 L 24 I1 O1 23 L
22 I2 O2 21 L 22 I2 O2 21 L
20 I3 O3 19 L 20 I3 O3 19 L
18 I4 O4 17 L 18 I4 O4 17 L
16 I5 O5 15 L 16 I5 O5 15 L
14 I6 O6 13 L 14 I6 O6 13 L
12 I7 O7 11 L 12 I7 O7 11 L
10 I8 COM(+) 9 10 I8 COM(+) 9
8 I9 COM(+) 7 + – 8 I9 COM(+) 7
– +
6 I10 COM(+) 5 6 I10 COM(+) 5
4 I11 –V 3 4 I11 –V 3
(a) + – 2 COM –V 1 (a) + – COM –V
2 1
(b) – + (b) – +

v Connectors CN1 and CN2 are independent.

v The COM (+) and COM (-) terminals are interconnected internally.
v The COM and COM (+) and COM and COM (-) terminals are independent.
v The -V and +V terminals are linked internally.

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
(a) Connection of the c 24 V supply for sink inputs (positive logic).
(b) Connection of the c 24 V supply for source inputs (negative logic).

1/21
 Presentation Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

Presentation
564493-3-3

The Twido Extreme range of programmable controllers offers a solution for applications
subjected to severe environmental conditions in terms of temperature, vibrations, oil
splashing, and impacts, for example.
It comprises a TWD LEDCK1 controller for integration in fixed-installation machines
(in external pump management or waste water treatment applications, for example)
or for on-board mobile equipment, such as in specialist vehicles (garbage trucks, fire
trucks, etc.).

The Twido Extreme controller is powered with 12 V c or 24 V c supplied by a buffer

battery, the vehicle battery or a UPS device. It has a wide operating range extending
from 9…16 V or 18…32 V.

TWD LEDCK1
It offers an “all-in-one” solution in a metal casing with IP 67 protection index. This
controller does not have an extension module.

The Twido Extreme controller has:

b 22 inputs:
v 13 discrete inputs
v 7 analog inputs
v 1 analog input (configurable as PWM)
v 1 PWM input
b 1 fast counter (10 kHz)
b 19 outputs:
v 16 discrete outputs protected against short-circuits
v 3 PWM (pulse width modulation) or PLS (pulse generation) outputs

The Twido Extreme controller has three communication ports:

b One Modbus serial port
b One CANopen port
b One CAN J1939 port

TwidoSuite software (version u 1.20) is used to program and debug the Twido
TwidoSuite programming software Extreme controller. The Twido Extreme controller is compatible with application
programs for Twido Compact and Modular bases.

1 2 Description
The Twido Extreme controller TWD LEDCK1 comes in a metal housing with IP 67
dust and damp protection 1 equipped with a 70-way male connector 2 (for all the
connections).

1
It is mounted using the fixing kit TWD XMTK4.

To be ordered separately:
b TWD FCNK70: One connector kit for assembly comprising one 70-way female
connector 3, 80 pins, 80 plugs and one cover 4
or
b TWD FCWK70L015: One 70-way female connector 3 equipped with a 1.5 m
cable (and flying leads at the other end) and one cover 4

3 4

Characteristics: Functions: Dimensions: Connections: References:

pages 1/23 to 1/25 pages 1/26 and 1/27 page 1/28 page 1/29 pages 1/30 and 1/31

1/22
Characteristics Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

Type of controller base TWD LEDCK1

Environment
Conformity to standards Automotive directives 2004/104/EC directive (“e” marking), ECE R10 rules (“E” marking)
Low voltage directive Amended by directive 93/68/EEC:
according to 73/23/EEC IEC/EN 61131-2 (“e” marking)
EMC directives Amended by directives 93/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC:
according to 89/336/EMC IEC/EN 61131-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-4 (e marking)
Product certification Pending: UL, CSA
Temperature Operation °C - 40…+110
According to IEC/EN 60068-2-1 & 2 Storage °C - 55…+155
Altitude Operation m 0…3600
Relative humidity According to IEC/EN 60068-2-30 % 90 at 1.12 Un, non-condensing
Degree of protection According to IEC/EN 60529 IP 67
Immunity to splashing of chemical products (1) Fuel oil, hydraulic oil, motor oil, SAE J1455 chemical substances, solvent, antifreeze,
cleaning agent

Environmental testing
Description of test Standards Levels
Immunity to Low Frequency (L.F.) disturbance (1)
DC voltage variation IEC/EN 61131-2 0.85 Un...1.2 Un for 30 min with 5% ripple (peak values)
Short interruptions IEC/EN 61131-2 1 ms with c power supply
Voltage dips and pick-ups IEC/EN 61131-2 Un-0-Un; Un for 60 s; 3 separate cycles of 10 s
Un-0-Un; Un for 5 s; 3 separate cycles of 1 to 5 s
Un-0.9 Udl; Un for 60 s; 3 separate cycles of 1 to 5 s
Where Un = nominal voltage and Udl = undervoltage detection level
Immunity to High Frequency (H.F.) disturbance (2)
Electrical fast transients/Bursts IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Primary power supply: 2 kV in common mode
IEC/EN 61131-2 zone B Communication data: 1 kV in common mode
IEC/EN 61000-6-2
Surges IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Primary power supply: 0.5 kV in differential mode and 1 kV in common mode
IEC/EN 61131-2 zone B Communication data: 1 kV in common mode
IEC/EN 61000-6-2
Electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 4 kV contact, 8 kV air
IEC/EN 61131-2 zone B
IEC/EN 61000-6-2
Radiated electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 10 V/m: 80 MHz...1 GHz,
IEC/EN 61131-2 zone B 10 V/m: 1.4…2 GHz,
IEC/EN 61000-6-2 1 V/m: 2…2.7 GHz
Radio frequency in common IEC/EN 61000-4-6 10 V: 0.15…80 MHz
mode IEC/EN 61131-2 zone B
IEC/EN 61000-6-2
Electromagnetic emissions (2)
Conducted emissions EN 55011, Class A 150 kHz...500 kHz: quasi-peak 79 dB (μV); average 66 dB (μV)
IEC/EN 61131-2 500 kHz...30 MHz: quasi-peak 73 dB (μV); average 60 dB (μV)
IEC/EN 61000-6-4
Radiated emissions EN 55011, Class A 30 MHz...230 MHz:
IEC/EN 61131-2 quasi-peak 40 dB (measured at 10 m), quasi-peak 50 dB (measured at 3 m)
IEC/EN 61000-6-4 230 MHz...1 GHz:
quasi-peak 47 dB (measured at 10 m), quasi-peak 57 dB (measured at 3 m)
Immunity to climatic variations
Damp heat, cyclic IEC/EN 60068-2-30 Db °C 55 - 25 with 93% relative humidity with 2 cycles of 12 hrs on/12 hrs off
Cyclic temperature variations IEC/EN 60068-2-14 Na and Nb °C - 40...110 with 100 cycles of 2 hrs on/2 hrs off
Ruggedness to climatic variations
Dry heat when not operating IEC/EN 60068-2-2 Bb °C 155 for 0.5 hr
Cold when not operating IEC/EN 60068-2-1 Ab and Ad °C - 55 for 8 hrs
IEC/EN 60068-2-48
Thermal shocks when not IEC/EN 60068-2-14 Na °C - 40...120 with 4 cycles of 2 hrs on/2 hrs off and a transfer time < 1 min
operating
Immunity to mechanical stress (2) (3) (during operation)
Sinusoidal vibration IEC/EN 60068-2-6 Fc 5...150 Hz with 3.5 mm amplitude at 1 g, endurance: 10 cycles of 1 octave/min per axis
IEC/EN 61131-2 9.45 g, frequency 24 Hz…2 kHz for 6 hrs per plane on each of the 3 orthogonal planes
Shock IEC/EN 60068-2-27 Ea 15 g/11 ms; 3 shocks/direction/axis
50 g/5 ms vertical, 20 g/5 ms horizontal with number of shocks < 10

(1) Values applicable to the base TWD LEDCK1, the xing kit TWD XMTK4 and the connector to be assembled TWD FCNK70. For the preformed connector
TWD FCWK70L015: operating and storage temperatures: - 40…+75°C and no immunity to splashing of chemical products.
(2) Devices must be installed and wired in accordance with the instructions in the setup manual for the Twido Extreme controller.
(3) The controller is mounted using the xing kit TWD XMTK4.

Description: Functions: Dimensions: Connections: References:

page 1/22 pages 1/26 and 1/27 page 1/28 page 1/29 pages 1/30 and 1/31

1/23
Characteristics (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

Type of controller base TWD LEDCK1

Characteristics of the Extreme base
Input/output voltage 12 V c 24 V c
Number Inputs 22, see page 1/25 for details
Outputs 19, see page 1/25 for details 11, see page 1/25 for details
PLC scan Normal (cyclic) or periodic (constant) from 2…150 ms
Application memory capacity 3,000 instructions
I/O connection On a single 70-way connector
Scan time Execution time ms 10 for 1,000 logical or numerical instructions
System overhead ms 0.7
Data memory Internal bits 256
Internal words 3,000 (single, double, floating point and trigonometric words)
Timers 128
Counters 128
Backup battery Backup by external battery with key switch mechanism

Power supply Nominal voltage Vc 12 24

Limit values Vc 9…16 18…32
Maximum inrush current A 50 for 20 ms max.
Maximum power consumption VA 96 (100% of outputs at state 1 and at full load)

Communication
Function Serial link CANopen CAN J1939
Type of port RS 485 CAN CAN
Maximum data rate Kbps 38.4 500 250
Slave devices Number – 16 max. –
Object variables Number – 16 PDO variables in read 32 PGN variables in read/
mode write mode
16 PDO variables in write (PGN: Parameter Group
mode Number)
(PDO: Process Data Object)
Connection of programming terminal Half-duplex terminal port – –
Communication protocols Modbus RTU Master J1939
Master/Slave Conformity class M10
ASCII character modeI

Integrated functions
Counting Number of channels 1, see details on pages 1/25 and 4/5
Frequency kHz 10
Capacity 16 bits or 32 bits
Position control Number of channels 3 outputs configurable as either PWM or PLS
Frequency kHz 1 for 2 outputs
5 for 1 output
Functions PWM, pulse width modulation output
PLS, pulse generator output
Process control (PID) Yes
Event processing Yes

Description: Functions: Dimensions: Connections: References:

page 1/22 pages 1/26 and 1/27 page 1/28 page 1/29 pages 1/30 and 1/31

1/24
Characteristics (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

Type of controller base TWD LEDCK1

Characteristics of discrete, analog and PWM inputs
Battery voltage 12 V c 24 V c
Total number of inputs 22
Discrete inputs Number Total 13
Negative logic (source) 11, connected to ground (I0.0...I0.10 addressing)

Positive logic (sink) 2, connected to the battery + (I0.11...I0.12 addressing)

Nominal input voltage Vc 12 c positive or negative logic 24 c positive or negative logic

(sink/source) (sink/source)
Common 1 (+ polarity in positive logic) or 1 (- polarity in negative logic)
Max. permitted voltage Vc 32
Limit voltages, At state 1 Vc u 0.85 U battery (pull-down R = 10 kΩ)
positive logic At state 0 Vc y 0.65 U battery (pull-down R = 10 kΩ)
Limit voltages, At state 1 Vc u 3.75 (pull-up R = 2 kΩ)
negative logic At state 0 Vc y 0.8 (pull-up R = 2 kΩ)
Filter time At state 1 ms 0, 3 or 12 by configuration
At state 0 ms 0, 3 or 12 by configuration
Isolation Between channels None
With internal logic None
Analog inputs Number Total 7 x 0…5 V, used as threshold detector inputs
Active sensors 4 (IW0.0...IW0.3 addressing)
Passive sensors 3 (IW0.4...IW0.6 addressing)
Analog/digital conversion 10 bits
Conversion error mV ±125 max.
Analog input or PWM Number 1 x 0…5 V input or 1 x PWM input with operating range from 90…600 Hz
input (configurable) (IW0.7 addressing)
Accuracy % 1 on the PWM measurement
PWM input Number 1
Accuracy Frequency measurement % 1 max. at 10 kHz
50 Hz 1 kHz 3 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz
Typical cyclic ratio % 2 2 10 –
Typical pulse width % 2 2 14 –

Characteristics of the counter input

Fast counter input Number 1 (FC input addressing)
Nominal input voltage Vc 12, positive logic (sink) 24, positive logic (sink)
Counting frequency kHz 10

Characteristics of the outputs

Battery voltage 12 V c 24 V c
Total number of outputs 19 11
Discrete outputs Output current Positive logic (source) 1 x 1 A (Q0.4 addressing)
1 x 50 mA (Q0.3 addressing)
Negative logic (sink) 14 x 300 mA (Q0.5...Q0.18 addressing) 6 x 300 mA (Q0.5 and Q0.18 addressing)
(1) (1)
PWM/PLS outputs Q0.0 and Q0.1 Number 2 PWM/PLS
positive logic (sink) addressing Frequency Hz 10…1000
Typical cyclic ratio % 5…95
Current mA 35
Typical cyclic ratio %FS 10 Hz 1 kHz
accuracy (2) 2
Q0.2 Number 1 PWM/PLS
addressing Frequency Hz 10…5000
Typical cyclic ratio % 20…80
Current mA 40
Typical cyclic ratio %FS 10 Hz 1 kHz 3 kHz 5 kHz
accuracy (2) 2 4 25 –
Power consumption All outputs At state 0 A 1
At state 1 A 4 (at full load)

(1) Q0.18: 300 mA discrete output in reverse state

(2) %FS: As a percentage of Full Scale

Description: Functions: Dimensions: Connections: References:

page 1/22 pages 1/26 and 1/27 page 1/28 page 1/29 pages 1/30 and 1/31

1/25
Functions Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

PWM function: Pulse Width Modulation

PWM inputs
The Twido Extreme controller has two PWM inputs for receiving data from the sensors
delivering proportional signals. This type of signal transmits data reliably in severe
environments (because of its excellent immunity to interference).

These inputs can be used to connect the control lever to one or two electronic shafts.

PWM/PLS outputs
The Twido Extreme controller PWM/PLS outputs are used to connect devices in
extremely tough environments which demand proportional data.
This involves a special function that can be assigned to the 3 controller outputs
(Q0.0, Q0.1 or Q0.2).

Outputs Frequency range Cyclic ratio

Q0.0 and Q0.1 10 Hz…1 kHz 5…95%
Q0.2 10 Hz…5 kHz 20…80%
Example of control lever with
1 or 2 electronic shafts The Twido Extreme controller PWM outputs can be used in hydraulic mode to control
proportional valves.

PLS function
PLS function blocks generate pulses of fixed ratio. In some cases, the frequency
can be fixed and in others it is variable (as in control of slopes when driving a stepper
motor). The %PLS function block can be programmed to generate a specific number
Variable period T of pulses.
Constant ON %PLS function blocks are assigned to the 3 outputs Q0.0, Q0.1 and Q0.2 on the
to OFF ratio
Twido Extreme controller.
The pulse generator signal has a variable period, but with a constant duty cycle
which establishes an ON to OFF ratio of 50% of the period (see illustration opposite).

PWM function
PWM function blocks generate pulses of fixed frequency, with a variable ON to OFF
ratio for the output signal. The cyclic ratio (ON to OFF duration) is a dynamic variable
called %PWM.R.
Constant period T
The user-defined %PWM function blocks generate signals for the 3 outputs Q0.0,
Variable ON
to OFF ratio Q0.1 and Q0.2 of the Twido Extreme controller (see illustration opposite).

Description: Characteristics: Dimensions: Connections: References:

page 1/22 pages 1/23 to 1/25 page 1/28 page 1/29 pages 1/30 and 1/31

1/26
Functions (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

Communication
The Twido Extreme controller has three communication ports, including the
CAN J1939 port described below:
Sensors Control levers

Modbus
Twido
Extreme

Power relays
CAN J1939

CANopen

Advantys IP 67 Diesel engine

distributed I/O

CAN J1939 communication protocol

The Twido Extreme controller has been designed to enable direct communication
with external devices, such as diesel engines. CAN J1939 is a recognized protocol in
automotive applications.
TwidoSuite software takes account of the CAN J1939 bus configuration in a simple way.
Communication between the controller and the external device (the diesel engine in
the example above), takes place via exchange of implicit data (such as engine speed,
engine temperature, fuel level, etc.) in the form:

IWCx, y, z, QWCx, y, z, where:

b x represents the cable number
v = 1 for the CANopen bus
v = 0 for the CAN J1939 bus
b y represents the object number in the object list
b z represents the sub-object number
The CAN J1939 architecture of a Twido Extreme system consists of:
b 32 CAN J1939 objects, maximum addresses: 0 to 255.

Key switch function

I0.0 The Key switch is used to set the Twido Extreme controller to standby or to exit
36 Run/Stop standby mode, in order to minimize battery consumption during lengthy periods
when the application is stopped.
37

In standby mode, if the battery power supply is not interrupted, this special input can
70 Key switch
be used to save the controller data context.
Battery
When exiting standby mode and starting the application (RUN), the application will
-
resume its cycle at the state it was in at the time of stopping (before setting to standby).

In the event of a power failure, the data context reverts to its initial state, including the
date and time, which causes the application to perform a cold restart.

Description: Characteristics: Dimensions: Connections: References:

page 1/22 pages 1/23 and 1/24 page 1/27 page 1/27 pages 1/28 and 1/29

1/27
Dimensions Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

Dimensions
TWD LEDCK1 (dimensions in mm)

165,51 88
70 45,7

196,5
225
(1)

3 max.
4 x Ø 19

(1) Area of the conductors output

Description: Characteristics: Functions: Connections: References:

page 1/22 pages 1/23 to 1/25 pages 1/26 and 1/27 page 1/29 pages 1/30 and 1/31

1/28
Connections Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

Connections
Connecting the 12 or 24 V c power supply
TWD LEDCK1

... 55 56 57 ... 68 69 ...

+ -

Connecting the inputs (1)

Key switch input Discrete inputs Analog inputs
Positive logic Negative logic Active sensors delivering Active sensors delivering
voltage current

5V VS- 5V VS -
Return Return

... 70 ... 2 3 ... ... ... 28 29 ... 37 ... ... 25 26 ... 34 ... ... 25 26 ... 34 ...

Key
switch

R
- + - +
+ - + - + -
Analog sensor Analog sensor

R = 250 Ω, 5 V/20 mA
Analog inputs (continued)
Passive sensors Analog or PWM input: Analog or PWM input: Analog or PWM input: PWM input
PWM mode analog mode analog mode
(voltage sensor) (current sensor)
VS - 8V VS- VS -
Return 5V VS- 5V 8V
Return Return Return
... 15 ... 32 ... 34 ... ... 16 17 ... 34 ... ... 16 ... 34 ... 45 ... ... 16 ... 34 ... 45 ... ... 6 ... 17 ... ...

PWM sensor
+ - + - + - + - + -
Analog sensors PWM sensor Analog sensor Capteur
analogique
R = 250 Ω, 5 V/20 mA
Connecting the outputs (1)
Discrete outputs
1 A output 50 mA output 12 V c - 300 mA outputs 24 V c - 300 mA outputs PWM/PLS outputs
negative logic
1A VS -
Return Return
... ... ... 50 ... 60 ... 1 ... 34 ... ... 12 13 ... ... 12 13 ...
... 46 ...

- + -
+
+
- + - - +

24 V 16 outputs max. (2) PWM actuator

12 V 14 outputs max. (2)

(1) These diagrams illustrate an example of how to connect each input/output.

(2) Number of outputs depending on the voltage, see page 1/25.

Description: Characteristics: Functions: Dimensions: References:

page 1/22 pages 1/23 to 1/25 pages 1/26 and 1/27 page 1/28 pages 1/30 and 1/31

1/29
References Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

References
Twido Extreme base
Designation Inputs Outputs Program memory Reference Weight
kg
Twido Extreme controller 13 x 12 V c 14 x 300 mA c 3,000 instructions TWD LEDCK1 1.300
base 9 x 0…5 V c 1 x 50 mA c
1 x 1Ac
3 PWM/PLS

TWD LEDCK1

Components for fixing and connection (to the sensors and actuators)
Designation Use Reference Weight
kg
Fixing kit 4 spacers, 8 washers, 8 shock mounts TWD XMTK4 0.150

IP 67 70-way connectors For mounting (1) with 80 pins, 80 plugs, 1 cover TWD FCNK70 0.200
No. 2, see page 1/31
TWD FCNK70
Preformed with a 1.5 m cable and flying leads at the other end TWD FCWK70L015 2.920

Separate parts for Twido Extreme controller

Designation Use Reference Weight
kg
Crimping pliers Crimping wires onto the 70-way connector pins TWD XMTCT –

Designation Control Number and type Order in Unit reference Weight

RPF 2ppD voltage of contacts multiples of kg
IP 40 power relay 12 V c 2 “N/O” 10 RPF 2AJD 0.086
(thermal current Ith 30 A) (2) 2 “C/O” 10 RPF 2BJD 0.086

24 V c 2 “N/O” 10 RPF 2ABD 0.086

2 “C/O” 10 RPF 2BBD 0.086

Components for connection to the Ethernet TCP/IP network

XGS Z33 ETH Designation Use Length Reference Weight
kg
3-channel Ethernet box Connecting the Twido Extreme controller to the – XGS Z33 ETH 1.060
Integrated Ethernet port Ethernet TCP/IP network
(10/100 Mbps)
Modbus TCP/IP protocol
Class A10
Modbus shielded cables Connection between the Ethernet box XGS Z33ETH 2 m TCS MCN1F2 0.115
Male M12 connector-flying and a Twido Extreme controller 5m TCS MCN1F5 0.270
leads
10 m TCS MCN1F10 0.520
TCS ESU 051 F0
Ethernet switches IP 67, M12 connectors (type D) – TCS ESU 051 F0 0.210
5 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Unmanaged IP 20, RJ45 connectors – 499 NES 251 00 0.190

Components for connection to the CANopen network

Designation Use Length Reference Weight
kg
CANopen preformed cordsets Preformed cordsets with two 5-way M12 A-coded 0.3 m FTX CN 3203 0.040
499 NES 251 00 for Advantys FTB/FTM IP67 angled connectors (one male connector and one 0.6 m FTX CN 3206 0.070
distributed I/O female connector)
1m FTX CN 3210 0.100
2m FTX CN 3220 0.160
3m FTX CN 3230 0.220
5m FTX CN 3250 0.430

(1) Requires the use of crimping pliers TWD XMTCT.

(2) Ith = 30 A for mounting with a space of 13 mm between two relays, Ith = 25 A for side-by-side mounting. Operating temperature
range around the product: -40…85°C.

FTX CN32pp

Description: Characteristics: Functions: Dimensions: Connections:

page 1/22 pages 1/23 to 1/25 pages 1/26 and 1/27 page 1/28 page 1/29

1/30
References (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Extreme base

References (continued)
Components for connecting to the PC programming terminal
Designation Description No. Reference Weight
kg
70-way connector with The RJ45 (RS 485) connector integrated in the 70-way 1 TWD NADK70P 0.200
RJ45 connector connector can be used to connect the Twido Extreme
TWD NADK70P controller to a programming PC via the RJ45 connector

12 V or 24 V c power supply on 2 screw terminals

Designation From To Length Reference Weight
kg
USB/RS485 converter PC USB port RS485 cable 4 0.4 m 3 TSX CUSB 485 0.144
VW3 A8 306 Rpp
RS 485 cables USB/RS485 RJ45 connector 1 0.3 m 4 VW3 A8 306 R03 0.025
RJ45-RJ45 connectors converter 3 TWD NADK70P 1m 4 VW3 A8 306 R10 0.060
TSX CUSB 485
3m 4 VW3 A8 306 R30 0.130
RS 485 cable USB/RS485 70-way preformed 3m 6 VW3 A8 306 D30 0.150
TSX CUSB 485 RJ45 connector-flying leads converter 3 connector 2
TSX CUSB 485 TWD FCWK70L015
Connection kit for PC PC RS 232 serial RJ45 connector 1 3m 5 VW3 A8 106 0.350
serial port (1) port, 9-way SUB-D TWD NADK70P
connector
Bluetooth gateway for PC (2) RJ45 connector 1 – 0.1 m 7 VW3 A8 114 0.155
TWD NADK70P

VW3 A8 114 Bluetooth USB adaptor PC USB port – – 8 VW3 A8 115 0.290
for PC (3)
(range 10 m)

(1) The connection kit VW3 A8 106 consists of:

- One 3 m cable with two RJ45 connectors
- One RS 232/RS 485 converter with 3 m cable equipped with one 9-way female SUB-D connector and one RJ45 connector
- Three adaptors dedicated to ATV11/38/58/58F/68 drives
(2) The Bluetooth gateway VW3 A8 114 consists of:
- One Bluetooth adaptor (range 10 m, class 2) with an RJ45 connector
VW3 A8 115 - One 0.1 m cable with two RJ45 connectors
- One cable and one adaptor dedicated to TwidoSuite and ATV11/38/58/58F/68 drives
(3) USB-Bluetooth adaptor VW3 A8 115 for use on the PC USB port if it does not have Bluetooth technology.

Connecting the PC terminal via a 70-way connector with RJ45 connector TWD NADK70P

1
3 1
4
RJ45
RJ45
or
RJ45 USB
or USB
RS485 RS232
SUB-D9

5 7 8

Connecting the PC terminal via a preformed 70-way connector and cable with flying leads

2 2
3
6

USB
screw RJ45 screw or
terminals terminals USB
8
flying flying
leads 6 7
leads

Note: No. 2 = IP 67 70-way connector TWD FCN70 or TWD FCWK70L015, see page 1/30.

Description: Characteristics: Functions: Dimensions: Connections:

page 1/22 pages 1/23 to 1/25 pages 1/26 and 1/27 page 1/28 page 1/29

1/31
 0

2/0
Content 0
2 - Input/output modules 2

2.1 Discrete I/O modules

Discrete input/output modules selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/2

b Discrete I/O modules

v Presentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/6

v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/7
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/8
v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/10
v Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/10 2
2.2 Analog I/O modules
Analog I/O modules selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/14

b Analog I/O modules

v Presentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/16

v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/17
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/20
v Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/20
v Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 2/21

2.3 Advantys IP 67 I/O splitter boxes and interfaces

Telefast ABE 9 /FTB/FTM splitter boxes and iP 67 Interface
selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/24

2/1
 Selection guide 1
Twido programmable controller 1

Discrete I/O expansion modules

Applications Discrete input expansion modules for compact and modular base controllers

2.1

Type 8 c 24 V inputs 8 a 120 V inputs 16 c 24 V inputs

Connection By removable screw terminal block

Inputs Voltage range c 20.4...28.8 V a 85...132 V c 20.4...28.8 V

Input current 7 mA per point 7.5 mA per point 5 mA per point

Input logic Sink (1) – Sink/source (1)

Commons 1 common point 2 common points

Response time 8 ms 25 ms 8 ms
v Energisation
v De-energisation 8 ms 30 ms 8 ms

Outputs Output types

Voltage range

Commons

Output current
v Per output
v Per group of channels

Isolation Between channels: common point

Between bus and channels: by photocoupler

I/O module type TWD DDI 8DT TWD DAI 8DT TWD DDI 16DT

Pages 2/8
(1) Sink input: positive logic, source input: negative logic.

2/2
 1
1

Discrete input expansion modules for compact and modular base Discrete mixed I/O expansion modules for compact and modular base
controllers controllers

2.1

16 c 24 V inputs 32 c 24 V inputs 4 c 24 V inputs/4 relay outputs 16 c 24 V inputs/8 relay outputs

By HE10 connector By removable screw terminal block Non-removable spring terminal

Allows use of the Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system block

c 20.4...28.8 V c 20.4...28.8 V

5 mA per point 7 mA per point

Sink/source (1) Sink/source (1)

2 common points 4 common points 1 common point

8 ms 8 ms
8 ms 8 ms

1 N/O contact

a 240 V, c 30V

1 common point 2 common points

2 A (Ith)
7 A (Ith)

Between channels: common point Between input channels: common point, between output channels: common
Between bus and channels: by photocoupler point
Between bus and channels: by photocoupler

TWD DDI 16DK TWD DDI 32DK TWD DMM 8DRT TWD DMM 24DRF

2/8

2/3
 Selection guide (continued) 1
Twido programmable controller 1

Discrete I/O expansion modules

Applications 8/16 output expansion modules with removable screw terminal block for compact and
modular base controllers

2.1

Type 8 c 24 V transistor outputs 8 relay outputs 16 relay outputs

Connection By removable screw terminal block

Inputs Voltage range

Input current

Input logic

Commons

Response time
v Energisation
v De-energisation

Outputs Output types Transistor Relay with 1 N/O contact

Voltage range c 20.4..28.8 V a 240V, c 30 V

Logic (1) Sink Source –

Commons 1 common point 2 common points

Output current
v Per output 0.3 A nominal 2 A max
v Per group of channels 3 A at 28.8 V 7 A max 8 A max

Isolation Between channels: common point Between channels: common point

Between bus and channels: by photocoupler Between bus and channels: a1500 V for 1
minute

Output module type TWD DDO 8UT TWD DDO 8TT TWD DRA 8RT TWD DRA 16RT

Pages 2/8
(1) Source output: positive logic, sink output: negative logic.

2/4
 1
1

16/32 output expansion modules with HE 10 connectors for compact and modular base controllers

2.1

16 c 24 V transistor outputs 16 c 24 V transistor outputs 32 c 24 V transistor outputs 32 c 24 V transistor outputs

By HE10 connector By HE10 connector By HE10 connector By HE10 connector

Allows use of the Advantys Allows use of the Advantys
Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Transistor

c 20.4...28.8 V

Sink Source Sink Source

1 common point 2 common points

0.1 A nominal
1 A at 28.8 V

Between channels: common point

Between bus and channels: by photocoupler

TWD DDO 16UK TWD DDO 16TK TWD DDO 32UK TWD DDO 32TK

2/8

2/5
 Presentation, Twido programmable controller 0

description Discrete I/O modules

Presentation
The range of Twido I/O modules includes input modules, output modules and mixed
input/output modules. With the 15 I/O modules offered, in addition to the I/O
integrated in 24 I/O compact base controllers and modular base controllers,
configurations can be adapted to best suit application requirements, so optimising
costs. The following discrete I/O modules are available:

b One a 120 V discrete input module, 8 channels, equipped with a removable screw
terminal block.
2 b Four c 24 V discrete input modules comprising an 8-channel module, two
16-channel modules and a 32-channel module, equipped with either removable
screw terminal blocks or HE 10 connector, depending on the model. These modules
can be either “sink or source”.
2.1
b Eight discrete output modules comprising two output modules with 8 and 16 relay
outputs, three output modules with 8, 16 or 32-channel "sink" transistor outputs and
three output modules with 8, 16 or 32-channel "source" transistor outputs, equipped
with either removable screw terminal blocks or HE 10 connector, depending on the
model.

b Two mixed discrete input and output modules, comprising one 4-channel
input/4-channel relay output module with removable screw terminal block and one
16-channel input/8-channel relay output module with non-removable spring terminal
block.

The narrow width of these I/O modules (17.5 mm, 23.5 mm, 29.7 mm or 39.1 mm)
makes it possible to build Twido configurations of up to 264 I/O with a minimal overall
size of L 364.9 mm x H 90 mm x D 81.3 mm.

All these discrete I/O modules and the analogue I/O modules are connected to the
TWIDO base controller or to Advantys OTB distributed I/O by stacking them on a 7
rail, starting from the right-hand side panel of the base controller, according to the
following rules:
b For 24 I/O compact base controllers TWD LCpA 24DRF: 4 modules max.
(see characteristics page 1/8).
b For 40 I/O compact base controllers TWD LCpp 40DRF: 7 modules max.
(see characteristics page 1/8).
b For 20 I/O modular base controllers TWD LMDA 20DpK: 4 modules max.
(see characteristics page 1/16).
b For 20 I/O modular base controllers TWD LMDA 20DRT/40DpK: 7 modules max.
(see characteristics page 1/16).
b For Advantys interface modules OTB 1p0 DM9LP: 7 modules max.

All the discrete I/O modules are electrically isolated with the use of a photocoupler
between the internal electronic circuit and the input/output channels.

Description
Twido discrete I/O modules comprise:
1 An extension connector for electrical connection to the previous module (1).
4
2 One or two blocks for displaying the channels and module diagnostics.
1 3 One or two connection components of varying type, depending on the model:
b removable screw terminal block (1 or 2) for modules whose reference ends in T,
2
b HE 10 connector (1 or 2) for modules whose reference ends in K,
b non-removable spring terminal block for module TWD DMM 24DRF.
4 Latching mechanism for attachment to the previous module.
3
These modules are mounted on a symmetrical 7 rail. Fixing kit TWD XMT 5
(supplied in lots of 5) allows plate or panel mounting. For modules with removable
Module with removable Module with screw terminal block, the terminal blocks are supplied with the module.
screw terminal block HE 10 connector
(1) A connector on the right-hand side ensures continuity of the electrical link with the next I/O
module.

2/6
Characteristics Twido programmable controller 0

Discrete I/O modules

Characteristics of c input channels

Type TWD DAI 8DT DDI 8DT DDI 16DT DDI 16DK DDI 32DK DMM DMM
8DRT 24DRF
Number of input channels 8 16 32 4 16
Nominal input voltage V a 120 V c 24 sink/source
Connection Removable screw terminal block HE 10 connector Removable Spring
screw term terminal
-inal block block
Commons 2 1 2 1
a c 20.4...28.8
Input voltage range V
85…132 V 2
Nominal input current mA 7.5 7 5 7
Input impedance kΩ 11 3.4 4.4 3.4
Filter time At state 1 ms 25 8
At state 0 ms 30 8
Isolation Between channels None
2.1
Between channels & int. logic V rms 500 for 1 min
Internal consumption At state 1 c5V mA 55 25 40 35 65 25 (1) 65 (1)
for all inputs c 24 V mA 0 20 (1) 45 (1)
At state 0 c5V mA 25 5 10 5 (1) 10 (1)

Characteristics of transistor output modules

Type TWD DDO 8UT DDO 8TT DDO 16UK DDO 16TK DDO 32UK DDO 32TK
Number of output channels 8 16 32
Output logic (2) Sink Source Sink Source Sink Source
Connection Removable screw term. blk HE 10 connector
Commons 1 2 4
Nominal output values Voltage V 24
Current A 0.3 0.7 0.1 0.5 0.1 0.5
Output voltage range Voltage V 20.4…28.8
Current per channel A 0.36 0.7 0.12 0.5 0.12 0.5
Current per common A 2.9 4 2
Response time At state 1 μs 300
At state 0 μs 300 450 300 450 300 450
Residual voltage At state 1 V y1 y 0.2 y1 y 0.2 y1 y 0.2
Inductive load H – y2 – y2 – y2
Internal protection of the outputs No Yes No Yes No Yes
against overload and short-circuit
Maximum power of filament lamp W 8 16 8 16 8 16
Isolation Between channels None
Between channels & int. logic V rms 500 for 1 min
Consumption At state 1 c5V mA 10 10 20
for all the outputs c 24 V mA 20 40 70
At state 0 c5V mA 5 5 10

Characteristics of relay output channels

Type TWD DRA 8RT DRA 16RT DMM 8DRT DMM 24DRF
Number of output channels 8 N/O contacts 16 N/O contacts 4 N/O contacts 8 N/O contacts
Connection Removable screw terminal block Spring terminal block
Output currents Current per channel A 2 (5 max. surge current)
Current per common A 7 8 7
Commons 1 2 1 2
Minimum switching load mA 0.1 per c 0.1 V (reference value)
Contact resistance When new mΩ 40 max
Loads on relay outputs Resistive (e.g.: heating element) A 2 at a 240 V or 2 at c 30 V (with1800 operations/hour max.):
Inductive with protection (3) - minimum electrical life: 1 x 105 operations
(e.g.: relay, solenoid valve) - minimum mechanical life: 20 x 106 operations

Inductive without Use of relay outputs not guaranteed (reduction of life). For this type of application, it
protection device is advisable to use the transistor outputs of expansion modules TWD DDO pppp
Capacitive (e.g.: TeSys U
starters, Festo solenoid valves)
Response time ms y7
Isolation voltage Between channels & int. logic V rms 1500 for 1 mn
Consumption for all the outputs At state 1 c5V mA 30 45 See values above (input channels)
c 24 V mA 40 75 See values above (input channels)
At state 0 c5V mA 5 5 See values above (input channels)

(1) Consumption values are indicated for all inputs/outputs at state 0 or at state 1.
(2) Source output: positive logic, sink output: negative logic.
(3) Inductive load fitted with a protection device such as an RC peak limiter or flywheel diode.

2/7
 References Twido programmable controller 0

Discrete I/O modules

References
These discrete I/O modules are mounted as standard on symmetrical 7 rails to the
right of the Twido base controller. The maximum number of discrete and/or analogue
I/O modules which may be mounted depends on the type of base controller:

Base Compact Modular

controller
type
TWD LCpA LCpA LCpA LCpp LMDA LMDA LMDA

2 Number of
10DRF
0
16DRF
0
24DRF
4
40DRF
7
20DpK
4
20DRT
7
40DpK
7
modules

Discrete input modules

Input voltage No. of No. of Connection Reference Weight
2.1 channels common
points kg
c 24 V 8 1 Removable TWD DDI 8DT 0.085
sink/source screw terminal
block (supplied)
16 1 Removable TWD DDI 16DT 0.100
screw terminal
block (supplied)
HE 10 TWD DDI 16DK (1) 0.065
connector
TWD DDI 8DT TWD DDI 32DK 32 2 HE 10 TWD DDI 32DK (1) 0.100
connector

a 120 V 8 2 Removable TWD DAI 8DT 0.081

screw terminal
block (supplied)

Discrete output modules

Type of output No. of No. of Connection Reference Weight
channels common
points kg
Transistor 8, sink 1 Removable TWD DDO 8UT 0.085
c 24 V/0.3 A screw terminal
block (supplied)
8, source 1 Removable TWD DDO 8TT 0.085
TWD DDO 8pT/DRA 8RT TWD DDO 16pK screw terminal
block (supplied)

Transistor 16, sink 1 HE 10 TWD DDO 16UK 0.070

c 24 V/0.1 A connector
16, source 1 HE 10 TWD DDO 16TK (1) 0.070
connector
32, sink 2 HE 10 TWD DDO 32UK 0.105
connector
32, source 2 HE 10 TWD DDO 32TK (1) 0.105
connector

Relay 2 A (Ith) 8 2 Removable TWD DRA 8RT 0.110

TWD DDO 32pK TWD DRA 16RT a 230 V/c 30 V (N/O contact) screw terminal
block (supplied)
16 2 Removable TWD DRA 16RT 0.145
(N/O contact) screw terminal
block (supplied)

Discrete mixed input/output modules

No. No. and No. and No. of Connection Reference Weight
of I/O type of type of common
inputs outputs points kg
8 4 I, 4 O, Inputs: Removable TWD DMM 8DRT 0.095
c 24 V relay 1 common screw terminal
sink/source (N/O contact) Outputs: block (supplied)
TWD DDM 8DRT TWD DDM 24DRF 2 A (Ith) 1 common

24 16 I, 8 O, Inputs: Non-removable TWD DMM 24DRF 0.140

c 24 V relay 1 common spring terminal
sink/source (N/O contact) Outputs: block
2 A (Ith) 2 commons

(1) Module that allows use of the Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system.

2/8
References Twido programmable controller 0

Discrete I/O modules

References
Separate components
Description Application Reference Weight
kg
Fixing kit For plate or panel mounting TWD XMT 5 –
of the discrete modules.
Sold in lots of 5

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 Connection sub-bases See page 5/12 –

pre-wired system I/O connection sub-bases
for Twido Pre-wired solutions
Cables and accessories
2
HE 10 connectors
Description Number Reference Weight
of ways kg
HE 10 female connectors 20 TWD FCN 5K20 –
2.1
(sold in lots of 5) 26 TWD FCN 5K26 –

Pre-formed cables for discrete I/O modules with HE 10 connectors

Description For use Gauge Cable Reference Weight
with Twido C.s.a. length kg
Pre-formed cables Modular base AWG 22 3m TWD FCW 30M 0.405
1 pre-formed cable: controllers 0.035 mm2
one end fitted with HE 10 TWD LMDA AWG 22 5m TWD FCW 50M 0.670
connector, one end with 20DTK/40DTK 0.035 mm2
free wires
I/O extensions AWG 22 3m TWD FCW 30K 0.405
TWD DDI 0.035 mm2
16DK/32DK AWG 22 5m TWD FCW 50K 0.670
TWD DDO 0.035 mm2
16pK/32pK

Connecting cables (1)

Description For use Gauge Cable Reference Weight
with Twido C.s.a. length kg
Discrete I/O Modular base AWG 28 1m ABF TP26MP100 0.200
pre-formed cables, controllers 0.080 mm2
1 pre-formed cable: TWD LMDA AWG 28 2m ABF TP26MP200 0.500
one end with 26-way HE 10 20DTK/40DTK 0.080 mm2
connector on Twido side,
AWG 28 3m ABF TP26MP300 0.800
one end with two 20-way
0.080 mm2
HE 10 connectors on
sensor/preactuator side

Discrete input Inputs AWG 28 1m ABF TE20EP100 0.080

pre-formed cables, TWD DDI 0.080 mm2
1 pre-formed cable: 16DK/32DK AWG 28 2m ABF TE20EP200 0.140
one end with 20-way HE 10 0.080 mm2
connector on Twido side,
AWG 28 3m ABF TE20EP300 0.210
one end with 20-way HE 10
0.080 mm2
connector on sensor side

Discrete output Outputs AWG 28 1m ABF TE20SP100 0.080

pre-formed cables TWD DDO 0.080 mm2
1 pre-formed cable: 16TK/32TK AWG 28 2m ABF TE20SP200 0.140
one end with 20-way HE 10 0.080 mm2
connector on Twido side,
AWG 28 3m ABF TE20SP300 0.210
one end with 20-way HE 10
0.080 mm2
connector on preactuator
side

(1) Cables strictly for applications other than use of Advantys Telefast ABE 7 sub-bases with
Twido controllers. For use of Advantys Telefast ABE 7 sub-bases with Twido controllers, see
pages 5/4 to 5/17.

2/9
 Dimensions, Twido programmable controller 0

connections Discrete I/O modules

Dimensions
Discrete I/O modules

TWD a c
c 70 3,8 a
DDI 8DT/DAI 8DT 23.5 14.6
DDI 16DT 23.5 14.6
DDI 16DK 17.6 11.3
DDI 32DK 29.7 11.3
DDO 8UT/8TT 23.5 16.6
2 DDO 16UK/16TK 17.6 11.3

90
DDO 32UK/32TK 29.7 11.3
DRA 8RT/16RT 23.5 14.6
DMM 8DRT 23.5 14.6
DMM 24DRF 39.1 1.0
2.1

4,5
Connections
ABF TP26MPp00 ABF TE20EPp00 ABF TE20SPp00
HE 10 HE 10 HE 10 HE 10 HE 10 HE 10 HE 10
26-way A 20-way B 20-way C 20-way A 20-way B 20-way A 20-way B
Twido side Input side Output side Twido side Input side Twido side Output side
1 – 18 1 – 1 18
2 20 – 2 – 2 20
3 – 20 3 18 3 19
4 12 – 4 20 4 17
5 – 17 5 16 5 16
6 11 – 6 8 6 8
7 – 19 7 15 7 15
8 10 – 8 7 8 7
9 – – 9 14 9 14
10 9 – 10 6 10 6
11 – 8 11 13 11 13
12 8 – 12 5 12 5
13 – 7 13 12 13 12
14 7 – 14 4 14 4
15 – 6 15 11 15 11
16 6 – 16 3 16 3
17 – 5 17 10 17 10
18 5 – 18 2 18 2
19 – 4 19 9 19 9
20 4 – 20 1 20 1
21 – 3
22 3 –
23 – 2
24 2 –
25 – 1
26 1 –

2/10
Connections Twido programmable controller 0

Discrete I/O modules

Connections
Input modules
TWD DDI 8DT (c 24 V) TWD DAI 8DT (a 120 V) TWD DDI 16DK (c 24 V)

0 I0 0 20 I0 I8 19

1 I1 1 18 I1 I9 17

2 I2 2 16 I2 I10 15

3 I3 3 14 I3 I11 13
4
5
I4
I5
COM
NC
12 I4
10 I5
I12 11
I13 9
2
6 I6 4 8 I6 I14 7
7 I7 5 6 I7 I15 5
COM 6 (a) 4 COM COM 3 (a)
(a) COM 7 (b) 2 NC NC 1 (b) 2.1
(b) COM

v The COM terminals are linked internally v The COM terminals are linked internally
TWD DDI 16DT (c 24 V) TWD DDI 32DK (c 24 V)

0 I0 CN1
20 I0 I8 19
1 I1 18 I1 I9 17
2 I2
16 I2 I10 15
3 I3
14 I3 I11 13
4 I4 12 I4 I12 11
5 I5
10 I5 I13 9
6 I6
8 I6 I14 7
7 I7
6 I7 I15 5
COM
(a) 4 COM0 COM0 3 (a)
COM
(b) 2 NC NC 1 (b)
8 I8 CN2
20 I0 I24 19
9 I9
18 I1 I25 17
10 I10
16 I2 I26 15
11 I11
14 I3 I27 13
12 I12
12 I4 I28 11
13 I13
10 I5 I29 9
14 I14
8 I6 I30 7
15 I15
6 I7 I31 5
COM
(a) (a) 4 COM1 COM1 3 (a)
COM
(b) (b) 2 NC NC 1 (b)

v The COM terminals are linked internally v The COM0 terminals are linked internally
v The COM1 terminals are linked internally

(a) Source input (negative logic).

(b) Sink input (positive logic).

2/11
 Connections (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Discrete I/O modules

Transistor output modules

TWD DDO 8UT TWD DDO 8TT

Fu Fu
Q0 0 L Q0 0 L

Q1 1 L Q1 1 L

Q2 2 L Q2 2 L

Q3 3 L Q3 3 L

Q4 4 L Q4 4 L

2 Q5
Q6
5
6
L

L
Q5
Q6
5
6
L

Q7 7 L Q7 7 L
COM COM
(–) ( +)

+V –V

2.1 Fu: 0.3 A quick-blow fuse Fu: 0.3 A quick-blow fuse

TWD DDO 16UK TWD DDO 16TK

Fu Fu Fu Fu
L 20 Q0 Q8 19 L L 20 Q0 Q8 19 L

L 18 Q1 Q9 17 L L 18 Q1 Q9 17 L

L 16 Q2 Q10 15 L L 16 Q2 Q10 15 L

L 14 Q3 Q11 13 L L 14 Q3 Q11 13 L

L 12 Q4 Q12 11 L L 12 Q4 Q12 11 L

L 10 Q5 Q13 9 L L 10 Q5 Q13 9 L

L 8 Q6 Q14 7 L L 8 Q6 Q14 7 L

L 6 Q7 Q15 5 L L 6 Q7 Q15 5 L

4 COM0 COM0 3
4 COM (–) COM (–) 3 (+) (+)
2 +V +V 1 2 –V –V 1

Fu: 0.1 A quick-blow fuse Fu: 0.1 A quick-blow fuse

TWD DDO 32UK TWD DDO 32TK

Fu CN1 Fu Fu CN1 Fu
L 20 Q0 Q8 19 L L 20 Q0 Q8 19 L

L 18 Q1 Q9 17 L L 18 Q1 Q9 17 L

L 16 Q2 Q10 15 L L 16 Q2 Q10 15 L
L 14 Q3 Q11 13 L L 14 Q3 Q11 13 L

L 12 Q4 Q12 11 L L 12 Q4 Q12 11 L

L 10 Q5 Q13 9 L L 10 Q5 Q13 9 L
L 8 Q6 Q14 7 L L 8 Q6 Q14 7 L

L 6 Q7 Q15 5 L L 6 Q7 Q15 5 L

4 COM0 (–) COM0 (–) 3 4 COM0 COM0 3

( +) (+ )
2 + V0 + V0 1 2 – V0 – V0 1
Fu CN2 Fu Fu CN2 Fu
L 20 Q16 Q24 19 L L 20 Q16 Q24 19 L

L 18 Q17 Q25 17 L L 18 Q17 Q25 17 L

L 16 Q18 Q26 15 L L 16 Q18 Q26 15 L

L 14 Q19 Q27 13 L L 14 Q19 Q27 13 L

L 12 Q20 Q28 11 L L 12 Q20 Q28 11 L

L 10 Q21 Q29 9 L L 10 Q21 Q29 9 L

L 8 Q22 Q30 7 L L 8 Q22 Q30 7 L

L 6 Q23 Q31 5 L L 6 Q23 Q31 5 L

4 COM1 (–) COM1 (–) 3 4 COM1 COM1 3

( +) (+)
2 + V1 + V1 1 2 – V1 – V1 1
Fu: 0.1 A quick-blow fuse Fu: 0.1 A quick-blow fuse

Terminals: Terminals:
v COM (-) are linked internally v COM (+) are linked internally
v COM0 (-) are linked internally v COM0 (+) are linked internally
v COM1 (-) are linked internally v COM1 (+) are linked internally
v + V are linked internally v - V are linked internally
v + V0 are linked internally v - V0 are linked internally
v + V1 are linked internally v - V1 are linked internally

2/12
Connections (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Discrete I/O modules

Relay output modules

TWD DRA 8RT TWD DRA 16RT
Fu Fu
Q0 0 L Q0 0 L

Q1 1 L Q1 1 L

Q2 2 L Q2 2 L

Q3 3 L Q3 3 L

COM0 Q4 4 L
(d) (c)

Q4
NC
4 L
Fu Q5
Q6
5
6
L

L
2
Q5 5 L Q7 7 L

Q6 6 L COM0

Q7 7 L COM0
(d) (c)
COM1
(d) (c) Q8 8 L 2.1
Q9 9 L

Q10 10 L

Q11 11 L

Q12 12 L

Q13 13 L

Q14 14 L

Q15 15 L

COM1

COM1
(d) (c)

Terminals:
v COM0 are linked internally
v COM1 are linked internally
v COM0 and COM1 are independent

(c) Sink output (negative logic)

(d) Source output (positive logic)

Mixed input/output modules

TWD DMM 8DRT TWD DMM 24DRF
Fu
0 I0 0 I0 Q0 0 L

1 I1 1 I1 Q1 1 L

2 I2 2 I2 Q2 2 L

3 I3 3 I3 Q3 3 L
(a) COM0 4 I4 COM1

(b) NC
(d) (c)
NC Fu
Q0 0 L Fu 12 I12 Q4 4 L

Q1 1 L 13 I13 Q5 5 L

Q2 2 L 14 I14 Q6 6 L
Q3 3 L 15 I15 Q7 7 L

COM1 (a) COM0 COM2

(d) (c) (d) (c)
(b)

v The COM (+) terminals are linked internally Terminals

v COM0, COM1 and COM2 are independent
v The - V terminals are linked internally

(a) Source input (negative logic)

(b) Sink input (positive logic)
(c) Sink output (negative logic)
(d) Source output (positive logic)

2/13
 Selection guide 1
Twido programmable controller 1

Analogue I/O expansion modules

Applications Analogue input modules

Type 2 inputs 4 inputs 8 inputs

2.2

Type Voltage/current Temperature Voltage/current Voltage/current

Temperature

Connection Removable screw terminal block

Inputs Range 0...10 V Thermocouple type 0...10 V 0...10 V

(non differential) K, J and T (non differential) (non differential)
4...20 mA 0...20 mA 0...20 mA
(differential) (differential) (differential)
Pt 100/1000
NI 100/1000

Resolution 12 bits (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points) 10 bits (1024 points)

Acquisition period 32 ms + 1 controller 200 ms per channel 160 ms per channel

cycle time

Outputs Range

Resolution

Transfer time

External supply External c 24 V power supply to sensors/preactuators (voltage range 20.4…28.8 V)

Isolation Between channels Non isolated

Between channels Non isolated Isolated Non isolated

and sensor supply

Between channels and I/O bus Isolated

Analogue I/O module type TWD AMI 2HT TWD AMI 2LT TWD AMI 4LT TWD AMI 8HT

Pages 2/19

2/14
 1

Analogue input Analogue output modules Analogue mixed I/O modules

modules (continued)

8 inputs 1 output 2 outputs 2 inputs/1 output 4 inputs/2 outputs

2.2

PTC/NTC Voltage/current Voltage Voltage/current Thermocouple/ Voltage/current

temperature probe
inputs
Voltage/current output

Removable screw terminal block

– 0...10 V Thermocouple 0...10 V

(non differential) type K, J and T 4...20 mA
4...20 mA (differential) Pt 100 3-wire
temperature probe

10 bits (1024 points) 12 bits or 11 bits + sign (4096 points) 12 bits (4096 points)

160 ms 32 ms + 1 controller 100 ms + 1 controller 64 ms + 1 controller

cycle time cycle time cycle time

0...10 V ± 10 V 0...10 V
4...20 mA 4...20 mA

12 bits (4096 points) 11 bits (2048 points) 12 bits (4096 points)

+ sign

20 ms + 1 controller 0.3 ms + 1 controller 20 ms + 1 controller cycle time

cycle time cycle time

External c 24 V power supply to sensors/preactuators (voltage range 20.4…28.8 V)

Non isolated

Non isolated

Isolated

TWD ARI 8HT TWD AMO 1HT TWD AVO 2HT TWD AMM 3HT TWD ALM 3LT TWD AMM 6HT

2/19

2/15
 Presentation, Twido programmable controller 0

description Analogue I/O modules

Presentation
Twido analogue I/O expansion modules enable the acquisition of various analogue
values encountered in industrial applications.

Analogue output modules are used to control the preactuators in devices such as
variable speed drives, valves and applications that require process control. The
output current or voltage is proportional to the numerical value defined by the user
program. When the Twido controller stops, the outputs can be configured with
fallback (reset to the lowest scale value or hold the last value received). This function,
2 when set to 'hold', is useful when debugging the application or when a fault occurs,
in order not to disturb the process being controlled.

The following 8 analogue I/O modules are available:

b One module with 2 inputs: 0…10 V, 4…20 mA.

b One module with 2 inputs from thermocouples type K, J and T.
b One module with 4 inputs: 0…10 V, 0…20 mA, Pt 100/1000, Ni100/1000 range
50...150 °C.
2.2 b One module with 8 inputs: 0…10 V, 0…20 mA.
b One module with 8 inputs: PTC/NTC.
b One module with 1 output: 0…10 V, 4…20 mA.
b One module with 2 outputs: ± 10 V.
b One mixed module with 2 inputs: 0…10 V, 4…20mA and 1 output: 0…10 V, 4…20mA.
b One mixed module with 2 thermocouple or temperature probe inputs and one
0…10 V, 4…20 mA output.
b One mixed module with 4 inputs: 0…10 V, 4…20mA and 2 outputs: 0…10 V, 4…20mA.

Twido analogue extension modules offer a resolution of 10 bits, 11 bits + sign and
12 bits, with connection by removable screw terminal block. An external c 24 V
power supply is required for each analogue module.

Like discrete I/O modules, analogue I/O modules are connected to the base
controller by stacking them on a 7 rail, starting from the right-hand side panel of the
base controller, according to the following rules:
b For 24 I/O compact base controllers TWD LCpA 24DRF: 4 modules max.
(see characteristics page 1/8).
b For 40 I/O compact base controllers TWD LCpp 40DRF: 7 modules max.
(see characteristics page 1/8).
b For 20 I/O modular base controllers TWD LMDA 20DpK: 4 modules max.
(see characteristics page 1/16).
b For 40 I/O modular base controllers TWD LMDA 20DRT/40DpK: 7 modules max.
(see characteristics page 1/16).
b For Advantys interface modules OTB 1p DM9LP: 7 modules max. or 24 input
channels and 24 output channels max.

All analogue I/O modules are electrically isolated with the use of a photocoupler
between the internal electronic circuit and the input/output channels.

Description
4
Twido analogue I/O modules comprise:
1
1 An extension connector for electrical connection to the previous module (1).
2 2 A block for displaying the channel and module diagnostics.
3 One (or 2, depending on model) removable screw terminal block(s) for connection
of the c 24 V external power supply, the sensors and the preactuators.
4 A latching mechanism for attachment to the previous module.

3 These modules are mounted on a symmetrical 7 rail. Fixing kit TWD XMT 5
(supplied in lots of 5) allows plate or panel mounting.
(1) A connector on the right-hand side panel ensures continuity of the electrical link with the next
I/O module.

2/16
Characteristics Twido programmable controller 0

Analogue I/O modules

Characteristics of 2 and 4-channel analogue input modules

Module type TWD AMI 2HT TWD AMI 2LT TWD AMI 4LT
Number of channels 2 high-level inputs 2 low-level inputs 4 inputs
Range Voltage Current Thermocouple Voltage Current Temperature
probe
0…10 V 4…20 mA Type J: - 200…760 ° 0…10 V 4…20 mA PT100,
Type K: - 270…1370 °C PT1000,
Type T: - 270…400 °C Ni100,
No isolation between Ni1000
the input channels - 100…

Type Non Differential Differential Non differential

600 °C
Differential
2
differential
Resolution 12 bits 12 bits 12 bits
LSB value 2.5 mV 4.8 μA Type J: 0.3 °C 2.5 mV 4.8 µA 0.15 ° K
Type K: 0.325 °C
Type T :0.1 °C
Connection Removable screw terminal block
Permissible continuous overload c 13 V 40 mA ± c 7.5 V supply 40 mA 13 V –
Input impedance 1 MΩ min 10 Ω 1 MΩ min 1 MΩ 470 Ω > 10 kΩ 2.2
Maximum sampling duration ms 16 200 per channel 160
Sampling repetition time ms 16 0.5 4
Acquisition period ms 16 ms per channel + 1 200 ms per channel + 1 160 ms per channel + 1 controller cycle
controller cycle time controller cycle time time
Measuring precision Max. error at 25° C % PE ± 0.2 0.2 ± 5 °C (1) 0.5
Temperature coefficient % PE/°C ± 0.006 ± 0.006 ± 0.005
Repeat accuracy after % PE ± 0.5 ± 0.5 2 low significance bits
stabilisation time
Non linearity % PE ± 0.2 ± 0.2 ± 0.02
Total error % PE ±1 ±1 ± 0.5
Common mode rejection 50/60 Hz - 50 dB - 120 dB (- 60 dB in - 90 dB
differential mode)
Cross talk 2 low significance bits max. 1 low significance bit max.
Cabling Shielded twisted pair recommended
Dielectric strength Between the inputs V rms a 500 a 2500
and the supply circuit
Protection Photocoupler between the input and the internal circuit
External supply V Rated voltage: c 24, voltage range: c 20.4…28.8
Consumption Internal supply c 5 V mA 50 100 (inrush, 140) 50
External supply c 24 V mA 60 21 (inrush, 30) 60

Characteristics of 8-channel analogue input modules

Module type TWD ARI 8HT TWD AMI 8HT
Number of channels 8 inputs 8 inputs
Temperature Current Voltage
Range NTC, PTC, 0…20 mA 0…10 V
100 Ω<R<10 kΩ
Type Differential Non differential
Resolution 10 bits
LSB value – 19.5 µA 9.7 mV
Connection Removable screw terminal block
Permissible continuous overload – 40 mA 13 V
Input impedance >1 MΩ 470 Ω >10 kΩ
Maximum sampling duration ms 160 ms per channel + 1 controller cycle time
Sampling repetition time ms 8
Acquisition period ms 1280 + 1 controller cycle time
Measuring precision Max. error at 25° C % PE/°C 1
Temperature coefficient % PE ± 0.005
Repeat accuracy after % PE 2 low significance bits
stabilisation time
Non linearity % PE ± 0.002
Total error % PE ±1
Common mode rejection 50/60 Hz - 90 dB c 15 V supply - 90 dB
Cross talk 1 low significance bit max.
Dielectric strength Between the inputs V rms 2500 V
and the supply circuit
Protection Photocoupler between the input and the internal circuit
External supply V Rated voltage: c 24, voltage range: c 20.4…28.8
Consumption Internal supply c 5 V mA 50
External supply c 24 V mA 50

(1) ± 5 °C: precision of cold junction compensation.

2/17
 Characteristics (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Analogue I/O modules

Characteristics of 3 and 6-channel analogue input/output modules

Analogue inputs
Module type TWD AMM 3HT TWD AMM 6HT TWD ALM 3LT
Number of channels 2 high-level inputs 4 high-level inputs 2 low-level inputs
Voltage Current Voltage Current Thermocouple Temperature
probe
Range 0…10 V 4…20 mA 0…10 V 4…20 mA Type: Pt probe,
- J: - 200…760 °C 3-wire type:
- K: - 270…1370 °C - 100…500° C

2 - T: - 270…400 °C
No isolation between the input
channels
Type Non Differential Non Differential Differential
differential differential
Resolution 12 bits
LSB value 2.5 mV 4.8 μA 2.5 mV 4.8 μA Type J: 0.3 °C 0.15° K
Type K: 0.325° C
Type T: 0.1° C
Connection Removable screw terminal block
2.2 Permissible continuous overload c 13 V 40 mA c 13 V 40 mA –
Input impedance 1 MΩ min 10 Ω min 10 kΩ min. 250Ω max 250 Ω max 5 Ω max
Maximum sampling duration ms 16 16 50
Sampling repetition time ms 16 – 50
Acquisition period ms 16 + 1 controller cycle 16 + 1 controller cycle 500 + 1 controller cycle time
time time
Measuring precision Max. error at 25° C % PE ± 0.2 ± 0.5 0.2 ± 4° C max (1) ± 0.2
Temperature coefficient % PE/°C ± 0.006 ± 0.06 ± 0.006
Repeat accuracy after % PE ± 0.5 ± 0.5 ± 0.5
stabilisation time
Non linearity % PE ± 0.2 ± 0.4 ± 0.2
Total error % PE ±1 ±1 ±1
Common mode rejection - 50 dB
Cross talk 2 low significance bits max.
Cabling Shielded twisted pair recommended –
Protection Photocoupler between the inputs and the internal circuit

Analogue outputs
Module type TWD AMM 3HT TWD AMM 6HT TWD ALM 3LT
Number of channels 1 output 2 outputs 1 output
Voltage Current Voltage Current Voltage Current
Range 0…10 V 4…20 mA 0…10 V 4…20 mA 0…10 V 4…20 mA
Resolution 12 bits
LSB value 2.5 mV 4.8 μA 2.5 mV 4.8 μA 2.5 mV 4.8 μA
Load Type Resistive
Impedance Ω 2000 min 300 max 2000 min 300 max 2000 min 300 max
Stabilisation time ms 20
Total output system transfer time ms 20 + 1 controller cycle time
External supply V Nominal voltage: c 24. Voltage range: c 20.4…28.8
Measuring precision Max. error at 25° C % PE ± 0.2 ± 0.1 ± 0.2
Temperature coefficient % PE/°C ± 0.015 ± 0.5 ± 0.015
Repeat accuracy after % PE ± 0.5
stabilisation time
Output error % PE ±1
Non linearity % PE ± 0.2 ± 0.5 ± 0.2
Output ripple 1 low significance bit max.
Total error % PE ±1 ±2 ±1

Cabling Shielded twisted pair recommended

Protection Photocoupler between the outputs and the internal circuit
Dielectric strength Between the I/O V rms a 500 a 800 a 500
and the supply circuit
External supply Nominal voltage V c 24
to the module Voltage limits c 20.4…28.8
Module consumption Internal supply c 5 V mA 50 60 50
External supply c 24 V mA 60 80 60

(1) ± 4 °C: precision of cold junction compensation.

2/18
Characteristics (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Analogue I/O modules

Characteristics of 1 and 2-channel analogue outputs

Module type TWD AMO 1HT TWD AVO 2HT
Number of channels 1 output 2 outputs
Voltage Current Voltage
Range 0…10 V 4…20 mA ± 10 V
Resolution 12 bits 11 bits + sign
LSB value 2.5 mV 4 µA ± 4.8 mV
Load Type Resistive
Impedance Ω 2000 min 300 max 3000 min
Stabilisation time ms 20 2 2
Total output system transfer time ms 20 + 1 controller cycle time 2 + 1 controller cycle time
Measuring precision Max. error at 25° C % PE ± 0.2 1
Temperature coefficient % PE/°C ± 0.015 ± 0.01
Repeat accuracy after % PE ± 0.5 ± 0.1
stabilisation time
Output error % PE ±1 ± 0.5
Non linearity % PE ± 0.2
Output ripple 1 low significance bit max.
Total error % PE ±1 2.2
Cabling Shielded twisted pair recommended
Protection Photocoupler between the outputs and the internal circuit
Dielectric strength Between the outputs V rms a 500 a 2500
and the supply circuit
External supply Nominal voltage V c 24
Voltage limits V c 20.4…28.8 (including ripple) 19.2…30 (including ripple)
Module consumption Internal supply c 5 V mA 50 60
External supply c 24 V mA 40 60

2/19
 References, Twido programmable controller 0

dimensions Analogue I/O modules

References
These analogue I/O expansion modules are mounted on symmetrical 7 rails to the
right of the Twido base controller. The sensors/preactuators are connected to a
removable screw terminal block (supplied with each module). The maximum number
of I/O and/or analogue modules which may be mounted depends on the type of base
controller:

Base Compact Modular

controller type
2 TWD LCpA
10DRF
LCpA
16DRF
LCpA
24DRF
LCpp
40DRF
LMDA
20DpK
LMDA
20DRT
LMDA
40DpK
Number of 0 0 4 7 4 7 7
modules

Analogue input modules

Channel Input Output Resolution Reference Weight
type range range kg
2 inputs 0…10 V – 12 bits TWD AMI 2HT 0.085
4…20 mA
2.2 Thermocouple – 12 bits TWD AMI 2LT 0.085
K, J, T
4 inputs 0…10 V – 12 bits TWD AMI 4LT 0.085
0…20 mA
Temperature
8 inputs 0…10 V – 10 bits TWD AMI 8HT 0.085
TWD AMI 2HT TWD AMI 2LT 0…20 mA
8 inputs PTC/NTC – 10 bits TWD ARI 8HT 0.085

Analogue output modules

1 output – 0…10 V 12 bits TWD AMO 1HT 0.085
4…20 mA
2 outputs – ± 10 V 11 bits + sign TWD AVO 2HT 0.085

Analogue I/O modules

2 inputs and 0…10 V 0…10 V 12 bits TWD AMM 3HT 0.085
1 output 4…20 mA 4…20 mA

Thermocouple 0…10 V 12 bits TWD ALM 3LT 0.085

K, J, T 4…20 mA
Temperature
probe
3-wire Pt 100
No isolation
TWD ALM 3LT TWD AMM 6HT between the
input channels
4 inputs and 0…10 V 0…10 V 12 bits TWD AMM 6HT 0.085
2 outputs 4…20 mA 4…20 mA

Separate components
Description Description Reference Weight
kg
Fixing kit For plate or panel mounting TWD XMT 5 –
of the analogue modules.
Sold in lots of 5

Dimensions
Analogue I/O modules

14,6 70 3,8 23,5

90

2/20
Connections Twido programmable controller 0

Analogue I/O modules

Connections
Analogue input modules
TWD AMI 2HT TWD AMI 2LT

– + + – + +
24 V
– 24 V 24 V
– 24 V

NC

NC
NC
NC

NC NC
2
NC NC
+ +
+ IN 0 T0 +

0-10 V 0-20 mA
– – – T0 –
IN 0

Thermocouple K, J, T
NC NC NC
+ +
+ IN 1 T1 +
2.2
0-10 V 0-20 mA
– – – T1 –
IN 1
Thermocouple K, J, T

v Fit a fuse of appropriate size for the sensor type.

v Do not connect any wires to a channel that is not being used.

TWD AMI 4LT

Voltage/current configuration PT100/PT1000 temperature probe, Ni100/Ni1000 configuration

– + + – + +
c 24 V c 24 V
c 24 V
0V
c 24 V
0V

+ NC A
A A
PT100/PT1000 B'

0-10 V 0-20 mA
– IN 0
Ni100/Ni1000 B
B'

+ NC A
A
PT100/PT1000 B'
– IN 1 Ni100/Ni1000 B B' B'
0-10 V 0-20 mA B
0V B
Detail of
A 2/3-wire probe
+ NC
PT100/PT1000 B'
A

0-10 V 0-20 mA
– IN 2
Ni100/Ni1000 B
B'
A
+ NC PT100/PT1000 B'
A
– IN 3
Ni100/Ni1000 B
B'
0-10 V 0-20 mA

TWD AMI 8HT TWD ARI 8HT

– + + – +
+
c 24 V c 24 V
c 24 V 0V
c 24 V
0V
+
IN 0 PTC/NTC A0
–
0-10 V 0-20 mA + IN 1 A1
– PTC/NTC
0-10 V 0-20 m + IN 2 A2
PTC/NTC
–
0-10 V 0-20 mA + IN 3 A3
– 0V
PTC/NTC
0 V/B
0-10 V 0-20 m
+
IN 4 PTC/NTC
0-10 V 0-20 mA – A4
+
– IN 5 PTC/NTC A5
0-10 V 0-20 m +
IN 6 A6
0-10 V 0-20 mA – PTC/NTC
+
IN 7 A7
– PTC/NTC
0-10 V 0-20 mA

v Fit a fuse of appropriate size for the sensor type.

v Do not connect any wires to unused channels.

2/21
 Connections (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Analogue I/O modules

Connections (continued)
Analogue output modules
TWD AMO 1HT TWD AVO 2HT

– + +
– + +
c 24 V
c 24 V
24 V
– 24 V 0V

0V

+ +
2 Voltage/current
– OUT
Voltage
preactuator
+
OUT 1
preactuator
– 0V

NC 0V

NC NC 0V

NC 0V

NC Voltage +
preactuator OUT 2
NC 0V
NC
2.2
NC 0V

v Fit a fuse of appropriate size for the sensor type.

v Do not connect any wires to the unused channel.

Mixed input/output modules

TWD AMM 3HT TWD ALM 3LT

– + + – + +
c 24 V c 24 V
c 24 V c 24 V
– –

Voltage/current
+ + + +
OUT
OUT Voltage/current OUT
preactuator – –
preactuator
– –
NC A NC A

Voltage/current
+ + IN00
IN Pt 100 B'
+ B' IN 0
sensor temperature
– probe B
– – B

NC NC A
Voltage/current + +
sensor
+ IN 11
IN + B' IN 1
– – – – B
Thermocouple K, J, T

v Fit a fuse of appropriate size for the sensor and preactuator types.
v For a Pt 100 3-wire temperature probe (RTD), connect the three wires to terminals A, B' and
B (channels IN0 and IN1).
v For a Pt 100 2-wire temperature probe (RTD), connect the two wires to terminals A and B' and
make a bridge between B' and B (channels IN0 and IN1).
v For a thermocouple, connect the two wires to terminals B’ and B (channels IN0 and/or IN1).
v Do not connect any wires to unused channels.

2/22
Connections (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Analogue I/O modules

Connections (continued)
Mixed input/output modules (continued)
TWD AMM 6HT
Voltage configuration Current configuration

+ V0
+
– –
V0
0-10 V I0 IN 0 4-20 mA I0 IN 0

COM COM
+ V1 IN 1 + 2
–
V1 IN 1
0-10 V 4-20 mA
–
I1 I1
+ V2 + V2
– –
0-10 V I2 IN 2 4-20 mA I2 IN 2

COM COM
+ V3 IN 3 + V3 IN 3
– – 2.2
0-10 V I3 4-20 mA I3

– + – +
+ +
24 V
– 24 V 24 V
– 24 V

NC NC
+ VI0 + VI0
Voltage/current
preactuator – Voltage
preactuator –
COM OUT 0 COM OUT 0

S0 S0

+ VI1 + VI1
Voltage/current Voltage
preactuator – COM OUT 1
preactuator – COM OUT 1

S1 S1

v Fit a fuse of appropriate size for the sensor type.

v Do not connect any wires to unused channels.

2/23
Selection guide Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

Splitter box and interface type Passive splitter boxes

In combination with IP 67 Twido controller, Extreme base Advantys Telefast ABE9 splitter boxes
(see page 1/22)

Fieldbus type –

Inpouts/Outputs Discrete 8 I/O (4 channels), 16 I/O (8 channels)

Analogue –

Functions Connection of 1 to 16 sensors/actuors

LED indicator depending on model

Type of connectors Sensors/actuators Female M12 connectors, 5-ways

Automation Female M23 connectors Multicore cable

Length 5 m Length 10 m

Housing type Plastic

Module type ABE 9C12ppC23 ABE 9C12ppL05 ABE 9C12ppL10

Pages Please, consult our catalogue on the website, www.telemecanique.com

2/24
 0

Monobloc I/O splitter boxes and interfaces Modular I/O splitter boxes

Advantys FTB splitter boxes Advantys IP 67 interfaces Advantys FTM splitter boxes

CANopen CANopen AS-Interface CANopen

DeviceNet, INTERBUS, DeviceNet, DeviceNet, Profibus-DP
Profibus-DP Profibus-DP

16 I, 8 I/8 O, 12 I/4 O, 4 I, 3 O, 4O, 8 I, 16 I,

16 configurable I/O, 8 I + 8 configurable I/O 2 I/2 O, 4 I/4 O, 4 I/3 O 8 configurable I/O, 16 configurable I/O

– – 4 I/4 O

Connection of 1 to 16 sensors/actuors Connection of 1 to 8 sensors/actuors Connection of 1 to 256 sensors/actuors per bus

LED indicators LED indicators module

Female M12 connectors, 5-ways Female M12 connectors, 5-ways Female M8 or M12 connectors, depending on
model

Male and female M12 connectors Direct connection on Male M12 connectors Male and female M12 connectors
Terminal block with INTERBUS AS-Interface flat cable

Plastic Metal Plastic Plastic

FTB 1ppppPp FTB 1ppppS0 ASI 67FPPppp ASI 67FMPppp FTM 1pp10/FTM 1Dppp/FTM 1Ap04

Please, consult our catalogue on the website, Please, consult our catalogue “Machine & Please, consult our catalogue on the website,
www.telemecanique.com Installations with industrial communications” www.telemecanique.com

2/25
 0

3/0
Content 0
3 - Communication 3

Communication selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/2

3.1 - Ethernet TCP/IP network - Transparent Ready

b Compact base with integrated port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/4

b TwidoPort interface module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/5

b ConneXium cabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/6

3.2 - CANopen machines and installations bus

b Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/8

b Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/9

b Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/9

b References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/9

3
b Cabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/10

3.2 - AS-Interface cabling system

b Presentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/12
b Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/13

b Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/13

b References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/13

b Cabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/14

3.3 - Modbus, characters mode serial links,

I/O remote link
b Presentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/16
b References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/16

b Modbus and charactères mode links

v Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/17

v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/17
v Cabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/18

b Programming protocol, terminal link

v Cabling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/20

v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/20
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/20

b I/O Remote link protocol

v Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/21

v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/21
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/21

b Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/22

b Connexions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3/23

3/1
 Selection guide Twido programmable controller 0

Communication, integrated ports and modules

Applications 40 I/O compact base controllers TwidoPort Ethernet TCP/IP

with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port module

3 Type Ethernet TCP/IP

Structure Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX

Type of connector RJ45

Access method CSMA-CD

Binary rate 10/100 Mbit/s

Medium Double twisted pair copper cable, category CAT 5E

Fibre optic via ConneXium cabling system

Configuration Maximum number of devices –

Maximum length 100 m (copper cable), 4000 m (multimode fibre optic), 32 500 m (single-mode fibre optic)
Number of same type links 1 (integrated port) 1 TwidoPort interface module
per station
Other integrated port Serial link –

Basic services Modubus TCP/IP messaging (read/write of data words)

Conformity class Transparent Ready class A10

Transparent Ready FDR service IP address assigned by FDR server

communication
services
Compatibility with Twido base controllers – 10/16/24/40 I/O compact
base controllers
20/40 I/O modular
base controllers

Base controller or module type TWD LCDE 40DRF TWD LCAE 40DRF 499 TWD 01100
supply c 24 V supply a 100…240 V

Page 3/4 3/5

3/2
 0

CANopen bus master module AS-Interface master module for Integrated and optional asynchronous serial link
for machines and installations sensors/actuators (Actuator Sensor Interface)

CANopen AS-Interface Modbus and Character Mode

3
ISO 11898 (9-way SUB-D connector) RS 485 not isolated R 232/485 not isolated
9-way SUB-D Removable screw terminal block 8-way Mini-DIN 8-way Mini-DIN or screw
terminal block (RS 485)
Master Master Master/Slave for Modbus link,
CSMA/CA (multiple access) AS-Interface M3 (standard and extended Half duplex (RS 485) / Full duplex (RS 232)
addressing) in character mode
125, 250 or 500 Kbit/s 1.2...38.4 Kbit/s

Shielded double twisted pair copper cable Flat cable 2 x 1.5 mm2 Shielded double twisted pair copper cable

16 62 discrete devices, 7 analogue devices 32 per segment

30 m…120 m depending on binary rate 100 m without repeater, 300 m with repeaters 10 m (not isolated), 1000 m with insulation box
1 2 1 1 optional

– – –

- 16 input process data objects (receive PDO) Read AS-Interface sensor state Read/write bits and words, diagnostics for
- 16 output process data objects (transmit PDO) Read/write AS-Interface actuator state Modbus link
Transmit and receive character strings in
character mode

Class M10 Profile M3 (except profile S-7.4 not supported) –

– – –

24/40 I/O compact base controller 24/40 I/O compact base controller 10/16/24/40 I/O compact 16/24/40 I/O compact
20/40 I/O modular base controller 20/40 I/O modular base controller base controllers base controllers
20/40 I/O modular base 20/40 I/O modular base
controllers controllers

TWD NCO1M TWD NOI 10M3 Terminal port TWD NAC pppD/T
integrated in the TWD NOZ pppD/T (1)
base controllers
3/9 3/13 3/16
(1) With Twido modular base controller: use a serial interface module TWD NOZ pppD/T or a digital display module TWD XCP ODM fitted with a serial interface
adapter TWD NAC pppD/T.

3/3
 Description, Twido programmable controller 0

characteristics, Ethernet TCP/IP network

Twido compact base controllers with integrated Ethernet
references port

The Twido programmable controller range offers 2 compact base controllers with
integrated Ethernet port. Within a compact overall size of 157 x 90 x 70 mm, base
controllers TWD LCAE 40DRF (a 100…240 V supply) and TWD LCDE 40DRF
(c 24 V supply) comprise the following discrete I/O:
b 24 c 24 V inputs.
b 14 relay outputs.
b 2 c 24 V transistor outputs.
These base controllers with real-time clock function can be fitted with:
b Up to 7 I/O expansion modules, so increasing the I/O capacity to 152 (screw
Twido compact base controller with display terminal version) or 264 (HE 10 connector version).
b Any of the separate components in the Twido range (memory cartridge, serial link
adapters, digital display).

Description
Twido compact base controllers with integrated Ethernet port
TWD LCAE/LCDE 40DRF comprise:
3 1 2 1 A mini-DIN type RS 485 serial port connector (allowing connection of the
programming terminal).
2 A slot for digital diagnostic/maintenance display module.
3 A screw terminal block for supply to the c 24 V sensors (only on base controller
TWD LCAE 40DRF) and for connection of the input sensors (protected by hinged
3
3.1 4
terminal block cover).
4 A connector for expansion modules (7 modules max.: discrete I/O, analogue I/O,
5 CANopen bus, AS-Interface).
5 A display block.
6 A screw terminal block for connection of the output preactuators (protected by a
6 hinged terminal block cover).
7 Two analogue adjustment points.
8 A connector for extension of the 2nd RS 232C/RS 485 serial port.
9 A screw terminal block for connection of the mains power supply (a or c).
10 11 9 8 7 With access through the bottom of the controller:
10 A memory cartridge connector.
11 A standard connector for 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45) interface module.

Characteristics
Base controller type TWD LCAE 40DRF TWD LCDE 40DRF
TransparentReady Class A10
Services Web services No Web server
Basic Ethernet TCP/IP communication Modbus messaging (read/write of data words)
services Client BOOTP for assignment of IP address by the FDR server (1)
Structure Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX, standard RJ45 type connector
Binary rate 10/100 Mbit/s with automatic recognition
Medium Twisted pair
Compact base Supply voltage Nominal a 100…240 V, 50/60 Hz c 24 V
controller Limits a 85…264 V, 47…63 Hz 19.2…30 V
c 24 V sensor supply 250 mA –
Inputs 24 c 24 V inputs, 11 and 7 mA, type 1 (positive or negative logic)
Outputs 14 relay outputs, a 230 V or c 30 V, 2 A
2 transistor outputs, c 24 V, 1 A (positive logic)
Expansion modules 7 modules max.: Discrete I/O (see page 2/9), analogue I/O (see page 2/20), CANopen bus (see
page 3/9) and AS-Interface system (see page 3/13)
Other characteristics See pages 1/8 et 1/10
LED indicator Controller status (PWR, RUN, ERR and STAT), I/O status (INp/OUTp)
Ethernet status (LAN ST), 10 or 100 Mbit/s rate (L ACT)

References
Description No. of Supply Reference Weight
discrete I/O voltage kg
Compact base 24 a 24 V inputs a 100…240 V TWD LCAE 40DRF 0.525
controllers with 14 relay outputs c 24 V TWD LCDE 40DRF 0.525
integrated 2 solid state
Ethernet port outputs
c 24 V
Transparent Ready
Class A10

Separate components: serial interface adapter, memory cartridge, digital display, see page
1/11.
TWD LCpE 40DRF

(1) Auto MDI/MDX function not supported.

3/4
Description, Twido programmable controller 0

characteristics, Ethernet TCP/IP network

TwidoPort interface module
references

TwidoPort module 499 TWD 01100 is an Ethernet interface that is easy to use and
Modbus dedicated to Twido compact or modular programmable controllers, version 3.0. It
Twido modular
allows incorporation of the Twido controller into an Ethernet network as a passive
(or compact) device (slave). The TwidoPort module is ready for use.
base controller When connected to the integrated RS 485 serial port of any compact or modular
base controller, the TwidoPort module acts as a gateway between the Ethernet
TCP/IP network and the Twido controller's Modbus serial link.
The connection cable between the base controller and the TwidoPort module is
supplied with the module.

The main characteristics of the TwidoPort module are as follows:

b Connects to the RS 485 port of the Twido controller; no external auxiliary supply
is necessary.
499 TWD 01100
b Ethernet configuration:
Ethernet TCP/IP v takes the Ethernet configuration from the Twido application configuration (normal
network
mode),
v supports manual configuration using Telnet.
b Provides Ethernet statistics via a Telnet session. 3
An optional RS 485 type link provides a second Modbus serial link in order to
2 connect, for example, a Magelis XBT operator terminal. TWD NAC 485D/485T
serial interface adapter or serial interface module TWD NOZ 485D/485T is required.
3.1
Description
1 The TwidoPort 499 TWD 01100 interface module comprises:
1 Five pilot lights indicating the status of the interface and of the TwidoPort module
links.
2 An RJ45 type connector for connection of the power supply and of the link to the
Twido controller’s integrated RS 485 port. This connection is made using
4 connection cable TWD XCA RJP03P supplied with the TwidoPort interface
module.
3 3 An RJ45 connector (accessed through the bottom of the module) for connection
to the Ethernet TCP/IP network.
4 An earthing screw (accessed through the bottom of the module).
The TwidoPort interface module can be mounted as standard on a symmetrical 5
rail. Fixing kit TWD XMT5 (sold in lots of 5) allows plate or panel mounting (2 x Ø 4.3
holes).

Characteristics
TwidoPort module 499 TWD 01100
Transparent Ready Class A10
Services Web services No Web server
Basic Ethernet TCP/IP communication Modbus messaging (read/write of data words)
services BOOTP function
Auto MDI/MDX function (avoids the use of crossover cable)
Supports manual configuration using Telnet.
Structure Physical interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX, standard RJ45 type connector
Binary rate 10/100 Mbit/s with automatic recognition
Medium Twisted pair
TwidoPort interface Operating temperature 0...55 °C
module Relative humidity 10…95 % (without condensation)
Degree of protection IP 20
Max. consumption at c 5 V 180 mA
Supply 5 ± 0.5 V provided by the Twido compact or modular base controller
Conforming to standards UL 508, CSA 1010, FCC Class A, EN 61131-2, e
LED indicator Activity on the Modbus serial link (SER ACT), controller status (STATUS), Ethernet link status
(LINK), binary rate 100 Mbit/s (100 MB), Ethernet network activity (ETH ACT)

Reference
Description Twido base controller Description Reference Weight
version ≥ 3.0 kg
TwidoPort interface Compact base controller 10/100 Mbit/s. 499 TWD 01100 0.200
module 10/16/24/40 I/O Auto MDIX function.
Modular base controller RJ45 connector.
20/40 I/O Connection cable to
base controller, length
Class A10 0.3 m
Transparent Ready TWD XCA RJP03P
included.

499 TWD 01100

3/5
 Connections, Twido programmable controller 3

references Ethernet TCP/IP network

Cabling system

Ethernet TCP/IP network architecture

Fibre optic

2 2

2 2 2 2

1 1

3
Magelis Advantys Twido modular Twido compact
XBT 1 OTB base controller base controller
1

3.1 Advantys STB

1 FactoryCast
gateway
1 3
Ositrack

ATV 71

Premium

Twido
6 Hub or Extreme base
5 Manageable non manageable Modbus controller
switch switch

References (1)
Shielded copper connection cables
ConneXium shielded copper connection cables are available in two versions to
comply with the different standards and approvals in force:
b Shielded twisted pair copper cables to standard EIA/TIA 568
These cables conform to:
v standard EIA/TIA 568, category CAT 5E,
v standard IEC 11801/EN 50173, class D.
Their flame resistance conforms to:
v NFC 32070# classification C2
v standards IEC 322/1,
v Low Smoke Zero Halogen (LSZH).

b Shielded twisted pair copper cables, UL and CSA 22.1 approved

These cables conform to:
v standards UL and CSA 22.1.
Their flame resistance conforms to NFPA 70.

“Do It Yourself” cable and connectors

The ConneXium “Do It Yourself” range allows the user to make up Ethernet copper cables on site
and to the required length. They are designed for cabling Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s networks. The
maximum length of cables made up in this way is 80 m. They can be assembled quickly using a
knife and cutting pliers (no special tools are required).
Description Characteristics Length Reference Weight
kg
Ethernet copper cable Conforming to the 300 m TCS ECN 300R2 –
2 shielded twisted pairs above-mentioned
24 AWG standards and approvals
RJ 45 connector Conforming to – TCS EK3 MDS –
EIA/TIA-568-D
M12 connector Conforming to – TCS EK1 MDRS –
IEC 60176-2-101

(1) For other versions (fibre optic, switches, …): please consult our “Machines and Installations
with Industrial Communications” catalogue.

3/6
References (continued) Twido programmable controller 3

Ethernet TCP/IP network

Cabling system

References (continued)
Shielded twisted pair cables to standard EIA/TIA568
Description Pre-formed Item Length Reference Weight
at both ends kg
Straight cables 2 x RJ45 connectors 1 2m 490 NTW 000 02 –
For connection to 5m 490 NTW 000 05 –
terminal equipment
12 m 490 NTW 000 12 –
(DTE)
40 m 490 NTW 000 40 –
490 NTp 000 pp 80 m 490 NTW 000 80
Crossover cables 2 x RJ45 connectors 2 5m 490 NTC 000 05 –
For connection between 15 m 490 NTC 000 15 –
hubs, switches and
40 m 490 NTC 000 40 –
transceivers
80 m 490 NTC 000 80 –
Shielded twisted pair cables, UL and CSA 22.1 approved
Description Pre-formed Item Length Reference Weight
at both ends kg
Straight cables 2 x RJ45 connectors
For connection to terminal
1 2m 490 NTW 000 02U – 3
5m 490 NTW 000 05U –
equipment (DTE)
12 m 490 NTW 000 12U –
499 NES 251 00 40 m 490 NTW 000 40U –
80 m 490 NTW 000 80U –
Crossover cables 2 x RJ45 connectors 2 5m 490 NTC 000 05U – 3.1
For connection between 15 m 490 NTC 000 15U –
hubs, switches and
40 m 490 NTC 000 40U –
transceivers
80 m 490 NTC 000 80U –
Shielded twisted pair cable for IP 67 switch
Description Pre-formed Item Length Reference Weight
at both ends kg
Straight cables 1 x IP 67 8 1m TCS ECL 1M3M 1S2 –
4-way M12 connector 3m TCS ECL 1M3M 3S2 –
and 1 x RJ45 connector
5m TCS ECL 1M3M 5S2 –
TCS ESM 043F2Cp0 10 m TCS ECL 1M3M 10S2 –
25 m TCS ECL 1M3M 25S2 –
40 m TCS ECL 1M3M 40S2 –
ConneXium hub
Description Number of ports Item Reference Weight
Copper Fibre
cable optic kg
Twisted pair hub 4 – 6 499 NEH 104 10 0.530
10BASE-T copper ports,
RJ45 shielded connectors
ConneXium switches
499 NMS/NSS 251 02 Description Number of ports Item Manag Reference Weight
Copper Fibre -eable
cable optic kg
Optimised twisted pair switch 5 – 6 No 499 NES 251 00 0.190
0BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports,
RJ45 shielded connectors
Twisted pair switches 8 – 6 No 499 NES 181 00 0.230
0BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports, 8 – 5 Yes TCS ESM 083F23F0 0.410
RJ45 shielded connectors
Twisted pair and fibre optic switches 3 1, multimode 5 Yes TCS ESM 043F1CU0 0.400
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports, 2 2, multimode 5 Yes TCS ESM 043F2CU0 0.400
RJ45 shielded connectors.
3 1, single-mode 5 Yes TCS ESM 043F1CS0 0.400
100BASE-FX optic ports, SC connectors
2 2, single-mode 5 Yes TCS ESM 043F2CS0 0.400
TCS ESM 083F2Cp0 4 1, multimode 6 No 499 NMS 251 01 0.330
3 2, multimode 6 No 499 NMS 251 02 0.335
4 1, single-mode 6 No 499 NSS 251 01 0.330
3 2, single-mode 6 No 499 NSS 251 02 0.335
7 1, multimode 5 Yes TCS ESM 083F1CU0 0.410
6 2, multimode 5 Yes TCS ESM 083F2CU0 0.410
7 1, single-mode 5 Yes TCS ESM 083F1CS0 0.410
6 2, single-mode 5 Yes TCS ESM 083F2CS0 0.410
6 1, multimode 5 Yes TCS ESM 083F2CX0 0.410
1, single-mode
TCS ESU 051 F0 IP 67 twisted pair switch (1) 5 – – No TCS ESU 051 F0 0.210
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX copper ports,
shielded M12 connectors (type D)

(1) Require special cables with M12 connectors for their c 24 V supply: XZC P1p64Lp.

3/7
 Presentation Twido programmable controller 0

CANopen bus
CANopen bus master module

Presentation
Master module TWD NCO1M for the CANopen bus
allows Twido programmable controllers version ≥ 3.0,
compact base controllers TWD LCpA 24/40DRF and
modular base controllers TWD LMDA p0Dpp, to act as
CANopen master.
The bus consists of a master station, the Twido
controller and slave stations. The master is in charge of
configuration, exchanges and diagnostics on the
slaves.

The CANopen bus is a communication type bus and

allows management of various slaves such as:
b Discrete slaves,
b Analogue slaves,
b Variable speed controllers,
b Motor starters,
3 CANopen b ….

The Twido CANopen master controls up to 16 slaves,

each with an input PDO (Process Data Object) and an
output PDO.
If a slave has more than one PDO, the maximum
number of slaves is reduced by an equivalent number.
CANopen

3.2

CANopen conformity class

Schneider Electric has defined the conformity classes for CANopen master and slave
devices. Conformity classes are used to identify the services and levels of service
supported by each CANopen device or product. These services are described in
section 4 of our “Machines & Installations with industrial communications” catalogue.
The table below shows product combination possibilities according to their
conformity class.
Conformity class Slave product
S10 S20 S30
Master M10
product M20
M30

Combination possible
Use restriction: The use of a slave device with a master that has a lower conformity class
(e.g. S20 with M10), or of a master device with a slave that has a higher conformity class (e.g.
M10 with S20), limits the level of service to that of the lower conformity class.

Examples of combinations with the Twido controller

CANopen slave CANopen master module TWD NCO1M, class M10
Preventa
Advantys OTB
Advantys STB
Advantys FTB
Advantys FTM
TeSys T
TeSys U
Altivar 31
Altivar 61
Altivar 71
Lexium 05
Lexium 15
Lexium 17D
Twin Line
Osicoder

Combination possible
Use restriction
Not supported by conformity class M10

3/8
 Description, Twido programmable controller 0

references CANopen bus

CANopen bus master module

Configuration
The Twido controller's CANopen bus is configured using TwidoSuite software
The various services offered are:
b Selection of the slave type from a list that can be modified by simply importing a
description file of the EDS (Electronic Data Sheet) type.
b The position of the slave on the bus: definition of the slave number.
b Selection of variables from the list of variables managed by the slave.
b Linking of variables to the exchange data.
b Symbolization of exchange data.

For certain slaves, such as ATV 31/61/71 variable speed controllers and Lexium 05
servo variable speed controller, one or more profiles are supplied, allowing the slave
to be configured according to a mode predefined by Schneider Electric.
The use of profiles provides the user with an operating mode that is described,
without having to configure it.

3
532659

Description
5
2 CANopen bus master module TWD NCO1M comprises:
1 1 An earthed, plug-in, 3-way, c 24 V supply connector.
2 A PWR LED, indicating module power ON or OFF.
3 A 9-way SUB-D connector for connection to the CANopen bus.
4 An earth screw.
5 A connector for connection to the Twido controller or to another I/O expansion
3 module.
Expansion module TWD NCO1M can be mounted as standard on symmetrical 5
rail. Fixing kit TWD XMT5 (sold in lots of 5) allows plate or panel mounting.
3.2
4

Characteristics
Twido programmable controller TWD NCO1M
CANopen services Conformity class M10
Standard DS 301 V4.02, DR 303-2
Structure Physical interface 9-way SUB-D male
Binary rate Kbit/s 125 250 500
Maximum length of bus m 500 250 100
Cables Shielded twisted pairs
CANopen External supply Nominal voltage c V 24
communication Voltage range c V 19.2…30
module
Current consumption c 5 V internal mA 50
c 24 V external mA 50.5
Power dissipated at c 24 V W 1.2
Operating temperature °C 0...+ 55
Degree of protection IP 20
Relative humidity 30…95 % (without condensation)
LEDs Power
Product certification UL, e
Number of modules per base controller 1
Maximum number Slaves 16 slaves max.
Channels 16 TPDO (Transmit Process Data Object)
16 RPDO (Receive Process Data Object)

Reference
Description No. of modules External Reference Weight
per base supply kg
controller
CANopen bus 1 c 24 V TWD NCO1M .
master module
for Twido base
controller :
- Compact
TWD LCpp 24/40DRF
- Modular
TWD LMDA 20/40Dpp

Conformity class M10

Description Application Reference Weight
kg
Fixing kit For plate or panel mounting of the TWD XMT5 –
TWD NCO1M module. Sold in lots of 5

3/9
 Architecture, Twido programmable controller 0

references CANopen bus

Cabling system

CANopen architecture

HMI Connection example of “Distributed CANopen Optimised” architecture dedicated to

PC or monitoring tool modular machines and installations. For other CANopen architectures, please consult
our “Machines and Installations with Industrial Communications” catalogue.
Twido
TWD NCO1M

5 1
12 12 12 13

9 2 2

3 10 10 6b 6b
17 16 16 16

Advantys FTB
Advantys OTB c 24 V

ATV 31 / Lexium 05

References
3.2 Standard junction boxes and connectors
Description Composition Item Length Reference Weight
kg
CANopen IP 20 4 SUB-D ports. Screw terminal blocks for 1 – TSX CAN TDM4 0.196
tap junction box connection of main cables
Line end adapter
IP 20 connectors Elbowed (90°) 2 – TSX CAN KCDF 90T 0.046
CANopen 9-way Straight (2) – – TSX CAN KCDF 180T 0.049
TSX CAN TDM4 SUB-D female.
Elbowed (90°) with 9-way SUB-D connector for 4 – TSX CAN KCDF 90TP 0.051
Line end adapter
connection to PC or diagnostic tool
switch
M12 connectors Male – – FTX CN 12M5 0.050
IP 67 Female – – FTX CN 12F5 0.050
CANopen IP 20 2 x RJ45 ports 9 – VW3 CAN TAP2 –
tap junction box for
Altivar and Lexium 05

Standard IP 20 pre-formed cables

VW3 CAN TAP2 Description Application Item Length Unit reference Weight
kg
CANopen cables For standard environments (3), e marking: low 5 50 m TSX CAN CA50 4.930
(2 x AWG 22 fume emission. Halogen-free. Non flame 100 m TSX CAN CA100 8.800
2 x AWG 24) propagating (IEC 60332-1)
300 m TSX CAN CA300 24.560
For standard environments (3), UL certified, e 5 50 m TSX CAN CB50 3.580
marking: non flame propagating (IEC 60332-2) 100 m TSX CAN CB100 7.840
300 m TSX CAN CB300 21.870
For standard environments (3) or mobile 5 50 m TSX CAN CD50 3.510
installation, e marking: low fume emission. 100 m TSX CAN CD100 7.770
TSX CAN TSX CAN Halogen-free. Non flame propagating (IEC
KCD F90T KCD F180T 300 m TSX CAN CD300 21.700
60332-1). Oil resistant
CANopen For standard environments (3), e marking: low – 0.3 m TSX CAN CADD03 0.091
pre-formed cables fume emission. Halogen-free. Non flame 1m TSX CAN CADD1 0.143
1 x 9-way SUB-D propagating (IEC 60332-1)
3m TSX CAN CADD3 0.295
female connector at
each end. 5m TSX CAN CADD5 0.440
For standard environments (3), UL certified, e – 0.3 m TSX CAN CBDD03 0.086
marking: non flame propagating (IEC 60332-2) 1m TSX CAN CBDD1 0.131
3m TSX CAN CBDD3 0.268
5m TSX CAN CBDD5 0.400

TSX CAN KCD F90TP (1) Connector VW3 CAN KCDF 180T may also be used for connection to a Controller Inside programmable card.
(2) Standard environment: without any particular environmental restrictions, operating temperature between + 5 °C and + 60 °C,
and for fixed installation.
(3) Harsh environments: resistant to hydrocarbons, industrial oils, detergents, solder splashes, hygrometry up to 100%, saline
environment, wide temperature variations, operating temperature between - 10 °C and + 70 °C, or mobile installation.

3/10
References (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

CANopen bus
Cabling system

References (continued)
Standard IP 20 pre-formed cables (continued)
Description Composition Item Length Unit reference Weight
kg
CANopen Pre-formed cables with 1 x 9-way SUB-D 6b 0.5 m TCS CCN 4F3 M05T –
pre-formed cables female connector and 1 x RJ45 connector 1m TCS CCN 4F3 M1T –
VW3 M38 005 R010 –
(1)
3m TCS CCN 4F3 M3T –
Pre-formed cables with 2 x 9-way SUB-D – 0.5 m TLA CD CBA 005 –
connectors, 1 female and 1 male 1.5 m TLA CD CBA 015 –
3m TLA CD CBA 030 –
5m TLA CD CBA 050 –

Standard IP 67 pre-formed cables

CANopen Pre-formed cables with 2 x 5-way, elbowed, 12 0.3 m FTX CN 3203 0.40
pre-formed cables M12 connectors, A coding
(1 male connector and 1 female connector)
0.6 m
1m
FTX CN 3206
FTX CN 3210
0.70
0.100
3
2m FTX CN 3220 0.160
3m FTX CN 3230 0.220
5m FTX CN 3250 0.430

IP 20 connection accessories
CANopen connector 9-way SUB-D female. Line end adapter switch. – – VW3 CAN KCDF 180T –
for Altivar 71 (2) 180° cable entry
Adapter for CANopen SUB-D to RJ45 adapter – – VW3 CAN A71 – 3.2
Altivar 71 variable
speed controller
Pre-formed 1 RJ45 connector at each end. 10 0.3 m VW3 CAN CARR03 –
CANopen cables 1m VW3 CAN CARR1 –
VW3 CAN A71 CANopen bus Hardware interface for link conforming to the – – AM0 2CA 001V000 0.110
adapter for CANopen standard + 1 connector for connection
Lexium 17D of PC terminal
Y connector CANopen/Modbus – – TCS CTN011M11F –

IP 67 connection accessories for Advantys FTB/FTM monobloc and modular splitter boxes
Description Composition Item Length Reference Weight
m kg
IP 67 line terminator Equipped with one M12 connector 13 – FTX CNTL12 0.010
(for end of bus)
c 24 V supply Equipped with two 5-way, 7/8 type connectors 16 0.6 FTX DP2206 0.150
connection cables 1 FTX DP2210 0.190
AM0 2CA 001V000 2 FTX DP2220 0.310
5 FTX DP2250 0.750
Equipped with one 5-way, 7/8 type connector 17 1.5 FTX DP2115 0.240
at 1 end with free wires at the other end 3 FTX DP2130 0.430
5 FTX DP2150 0.700
T-connector Equipped with two straight, 5-way, 7/8 type – – FTX CNCT1 0.100
for power supply connectors

(1) Cable equipped with line end adapter.

(2) For variable speed controllers ATV 71HpppM3, ATV 71HD11M3X, HD15M3X, ATV 71H075N4... HD18N4, this connector can
be replaced by connector TSX CAN KCDF 180T.
(3) Standard environment: without any particular environmental restrictions, operating temperature between + 5 °C and + 60 °C,
and for fixed installation.
FTX DP21pp

3/11
 Presentation Twido programmable controller 4

description 4
AS-Interface actuator/sensor bus
AS-Interface master module

. Presentation
AS-Interface master module TWD NOI 10M3 allows
the Twido controller (version u 2.0) to perform the
function of AS-Interface master.

The AS-Interface consists of a master station (Twido

controller) and slave stations. The master, which
supports the AS-Interface profile, polls each of the
devices connected to the AS-Interface, in turn, and
stores information gathered (sensor/actuator status,
operating status of the devices) in the controller
memory. Communication on the AS-Interface is
managed in a way that is totally transparent to the
Twido application program.

The TWD NOI 10M3 master module manages the

3 following with the AS-Interface M3 profile:
b discrete slave modules (maximum of 62 slaves
arranged in 2 banks, A and B, of 31 addresses each),
b analogue slaves (maximum of 7 slaves in bank A).

The AS-Interface M3 profile supports analogue profile

7.3 (7 slaves), but does not support analogue profile
S-7.4.
The maximum number of TWD NOI 10M3 modules per
Twido controller is 2.

An AS-Interface power supply is essential to supply the

various modules on AS-Interface. It should preferably
3.3 be located close to the stations with high power
consumption.

Description
5 Module TWD NOI 10M3 takes the form of a standard-size module. It is connected to
6 a Twido base controller (compact or modular) in the same way as any I/O module.
It has the following on the front panel:
1 1 A display block comprising:
2 b 6 pilot lights indicating the module operating modes:
4
v green PWR pilot light: module powered up,
v red FLT pilot light: error in the configuration loaded,
v green LMO pilot light: module in local mode,
v green CMO pilot light: module in connected mode,
3 v red CNF pilot light: not used,
v red OFF pilot light: module in protected, unconnected mode.
b 6 green pilot lights, 3 for inputs, 3 for outputs.
2 A block for displaying the status of the addresses.
7 3 Two pushbuttons PB1 and PB2 for controlling the status of the slaves by selecting
their address and changing the mode.
4 An extension connector for electrical connection to the previous module.
5 A connector (on the RH side) for I/O expansion modules TWD Dpp and TWD App
(4 or 7 depending on version).
6 A latching mechanism for attachment to the previous module.
7 A power supply removable screw terminal block.

Expansion module TWD NOI 10M3 can be mounted as standard on symmetrical

5 rail. Fixing kit TWD XMT5 (sold in lots of 5) allows plate or panel mounting.

3/12
Characteristics, Twido programmable controller 4

references 4
AS-Interface actuator/sensor bus
AS-Interface master module

Diagnostics
The 30 pilot lights on the front panel of the module are used in conjunction with the
two pushbuttons for diagnostics by the Twido controller.
The display block on the front panel of master module TWD NOI 10M3 allows
simplified local diagnostics to be performed by displaying the slaves present on the
AS-Interface.

Software set-up
AS-Interface is configured using TwidoSuite (1) software.
The services offered are based on the principle of simplicity:
b Management of profile tables, parameters and data by the master, in a way that is
transparent to the user.
b Topological addressing of I/O: each AS-Interface slave defined has a topological
address assigned to it, in a way that is transparent to the user.
Each AS-Interface sensor/actuator is seen by the Twido programmable controller in
the same way as any “In-rack" I/O.
3
Characteristics
Module type TWD NOI 10M3
AS-Interface profile AS-Interface M3, V 2.11 (profile S-7.4 not supported)
Type of addressing Standard and extended
Product certifications AS-Interface n° 47801
Degree of protection IP 20
Temperature Operation °C 0…+ 55
Storage °C - 25…+ 70
As-Interface external power supply cV 29.5…31.6
Internal current At c 5 V mA 80
At c 24 V mA 0 3.3
AS-Interface consumption at c 24 V mW 540

Data exchange characteristics

AS-Interface With 1 to 19 slaves ms 3
cycle time With 20 to 62 slaves ms 0.156 x (1 + N) where N = number of active slaves
With 31 standard slaves ms 5
or slaves in banks A and B
With 62 slaves in banks A and B ms 10
Max. number Analogue modules (1) 7
of modules Discrete modules (1) 62
Max. number Standard slaves 248 = 124 inputs + 124 outputs
of I/O Slaves in banks A and B 434 = 248 inputs + 186 outputs
Max. length of Without repeater or line extension m 100
AS-Interface With line extension TCS ARR01M m 200
cable
With 2 repeaters ASI RPT01 m 300

References
Description No. modules per AS-Interface Number of I/O Reference Weight
base controller profile (1) kg
AS-Interface 2 M3, V 2.11 62 discrete TWD NOI 10M3 0.085
master module for modules max.
Twido base controller 7 analogue
- Compact modules max.
TWD LCpp 24/40DRF
- Modular
TWD LMDA 20/40Dpp

Description Application Reference Weight

TWD NOI 10M3
kg
Fixing kit For plate or panel mounting of the module. TWD XMT5 –
Sold in lots of 5

(1) When analogue and discrete modules are connected simultaneously to a system, the
analogue modules use addresses 1 to 31 in bank A. When an analogue module uses a certain
address, the module addresses having the same number in bank B cannot be occupied by
slaves in banks A/B.

3/13
 Cabling system Twido programmable controller 0

AS-Interface actuator/sensor bus

Cabling system

AS-Interface flat cables are available in two versions, yellow and black, according to
the type of application: standard and TPE (resistant to splashing oil and to
environments with petrol vapours). Various tap junctions are available to meet all
cabling needs. They have a degree of protection of IP 67.

AS-Interface infrastructure

TWD NOI 10M3

Twido TeSys U
Phaseo
ASI ABL M3024 Advantys
IP 67 I/O

3 Advantys
IP 67 I/O
2 ASI LUF C5E 2 7
ASI FMP22E

1 1 6 6 5 1 3
ASI 67FFB03
Advantys
IP 20 I/O

3.3 ASI 20MT41E

Installation
AS-Interface cable lengths
We recommend use of the flat yellow cable. The maximum length of an AS-Interface
segment is 100 m, which can be extended to:

b 200 m by using a repeater or a line extension:

M A 4 A

S S S S
100 m 100 m

b 300 m with 2 repeaters.

b 500 m by placing the master in the centre of the network:

A 4 A 4 M 4 A 4 A
A

S S S S S S S S S S S S
100 m 100 m 50 m 50 m 100 m 100 m

M = Master Module

Note: 300 m corresponds to the maximum distance between the master and the furthermost
slave.

For more information on the installation of AS-Interface, please refer to section 5 of

our “Machines and Installations with Industrial Communications” catalogue.

3/14
 References Twido programmable controller 0

AS-Interface actuator/sensor bus

Cabling system

Flat cables and line accessories

806437

The special profile of these 2-core flat cables eliminates the risk of polarity reversal when connecting. Connections to
the cables are made by IDCs (Insulation Displacement Connectors), see connection accessories.
The material used for the cable sheath causes the holes made by the IDCs to reseal themselves as soon as the
connectors are removed, so maintaining the IP 67 degree of protection of AS-Interface cabling accessories.
XZ CB1pp0p The ambient temperatures which AS-Interface flat cable can withstand are as follows, according to the type:
b Standard cable: 25…+ 85 °C for operation, - 40…+ 85 °C for storage.
b TPE cable (oil and vapour resistant): - 30…+ 105 °C for operation with cable flexing, - 40…+ 105 °C for non-flexing
operation or storage.
Description Sheath colour Item Length Type of Reference Weight
cable kg
Flat cables Yellow 1 20 m Standard XZ CB10201 1.400
TCS ARR01M 2 x 1.5 mm2 (for AS-Interface) TPE XZ CB10201H 1.400
Ue ≤ 48 V
50 m Standard XZ CB10501 3.500
TPE XZ CB10501H 3.500
100 m Standard XZ CB11001 7.000
TPE XZ CB11001H 7.000

Black 2 20 m Standard XZ CB10202 1.400

3
(for separate c 24 V supply) TPE XZ CB10202H 1.400
50 m Standard XZ CB10502 3.500
TPE XZ CB10502H 3.500
100 m Standard XZ CB11002 7.000
TPE XZ CB11002H 7.000
ASI RPT01
Description Application Item Length Sold Unit Weight
522173

in lots of reference kg
Line extension Allows the length of a segment to 3 – – TCS ARR01M r 0.047
be extended from 100 to 200 m

Repeater Enables an AS-Interface line to 4 – – ASI RPT01 0.190

ASI 67FACC2
be extended by 100 m 3.3
Heat shrinkable To preserve IP 67 degree of – – 10 ASI 67FACC2 0.002
cable end protection at the end of the
AS-Interface cable

Accessories for connection to AS-Interface flat cables

Degree of protection: IP 67, connection to flat cables by means of IDC's. Ue ≤ 40 V, Ie ≤ 2 A.
Ambient temperature: - 25 °C…+ 70 °C for operation, - 40…+ 85 °C for storage.
Tap-offs for connection of AS-Interface components
Description Connection to the Item Cable Fixing Reference Weight
AS-Interface component length kg
Tap-offs for Flying lead with 5-way, female, – 1m Screw TCS ATN011F1 r 0.090
connection to straight, M12 end connector. 2m Screw TCS ATN011F2 r 0.130
TCS ATN011Fp a flat cable 2 x 0.34 mm2 cable
for AS-Interface Cable with stripped ends for – 2m Screw TCS ATN01N2 r 0.215
(yellow) terminal block.
2 x 0.34 mm2 cable
Tap-offs for Flying lead with 5-way, female, 5 1m Screw TCS ATV011F1 r 0.140
connection to straight, M12 end connector. 2m Screw TCS ATV011F2 r 0.180
two flat cables: 4 x 0.34 mm2 cable
- 1 for AS-Interface Cable with stripped ends 6 2m Screw TCS ATV01N2 r 0.265
(yellow) for terminal block.
- 1 for the separate 4 x 0.34 mm2 cable
supply (black)

TCS ATV011Fp T connectors

Description Connection to the Item Cable Fixing Reference Weight
AS-Interface component length kg
T connector for By 5-way female M12 connector 7 – Screw TCS ATN011F r 0.026
connection to
a flat cable
for AS-Interface
(yellow)
Tap-off – – – Screw TCS ATN02V r 0.019
(or extension)
for flat cables:
2 flat cables (yellow)
TCS ATN011F
TCS ATN02V

r Available 4th quarter 2007

3/15
 Presentation, Twido programmable controller 0

description, Asynchronous serial links

Modbus, character mode, remote link decentralised I/O
references and programming protocols

Presentation
In order to be able to communicate via serial links, Twido programmable controller
modular and compact base controllers include, as standard, an RS 485 serial link
principally dedicated as a programming port. These Twido base controllers, except
for the 10 I/O compact base controller, are also available with an optional RS 485 or
RS 232 link.

These non isolated serial ports allow Twido compact and modular base controllers
to communicate according to 4 protocols:
b Programming, for link with a PC (equipped with TwidoSuite programming
software or TwidoAdjust adjustment software) or with a pocket PC. This link may be
of the common, modem or wireless type using Bluetooth technology.
b Modbus, in order to meet the needs of master/slave architectures with Schneider
Electric or third party devices.
b ASCII in character mode for links with serial devices (printer, modem, …)
b "Remote link" decentralised I/O for Twido base controllers used as I/O
3 extension or local "reflex" controller.

Description
16/24/40 I/O compact base controllers have the following on the front panel:
1
1 An RS 485 serial port, with mini-DIN connector, for connection to the
or programming terminal.
2 A slot for a 2nd serial port link (RS 485/RS 232) by inserting one of the three
TWD NAC 485p/232D adapters.

Compact base
20/40 I/O modular base controllers have the following on the front panel:
2
1 An RS 485 serial port, with mini-DIN connector, for connection to the
TWD NAC TWD NAC programming terminal.
485D/232D 485T 2 A 2nd serial link port (RS 485/RS 232) via adapters TWD NAC 485p/232.
Depending on the user's needs, this adapter (accessible via the removable cover
3) is either:
- 4, included in the module with interface adapter TWD NOZ 485p/232D
3.4 1 - 5, to be fitted into digital display module TWD XCP ODM.
5 The module with interface adapter or the digital display module is mounted on the
4
left-hand side of Twido modular base controllers (only one module can be fitted).
or +
Twido controller serial ports
3
Integrated port Optional port (2nd port)
RS 485 RS 485 RS 232 RS 485
Mini-DIN connector Mini-DIN connector Mini-DIN connector Screw terminal block
TWD TWD NOZ Modular base
XCP ODM 485p/232D Compact base TWD NAC 485D TWD NAC 232D TWD NAC 485T
controllers
TWD LCpA 16/24DRF
or TWD LCpp 40DRF
All modular base TWD NOZ 485D TWD NOZ 232D TWD NOZ 485T
2 controllers or or or
TWD LMDA p0Dpp TWD XCP ODM TWD XCP ODM TWD XCP ODM
TWD NAC TWD NAC
+ TWD NAC 485D + TWD NAC 232D + TWD NAC 485T
485D/232D 485T

Note: if the RS 232 physical layer is used, and for a length > 10 metres, use the RS 485 physical
layer and an RS 232C/RS 485 line adapter reference XGS Z24.

References
Serial link modules and adapters
All serial links for Twido controllers, whether integrated or optional, are non isolated. It is therefore recommended that
isolating devices be used for bus lengths > 10 m, see page 3/17.
Description Compatibility Connection Physical Reference Weight
layer kg
Serial interface Compact base controllers Mini-DIN connector RS 232C TWD NAC 232D 0.010
TWD NAC 232D/485D adapters TWD LCpA 16/24DRF and RS 485 TWD NAC 485D 0.010
TWD LCpp 40DRF
Screw terminals RS 485 TWD NAC 485T 0.010
Integrated display module
TWD XCP ODM

Modules with Modular base controllers Mini-DIN connector RS 232C TWD NOZ 232D 0.085
integrated serial TWD LMDA 20/40Dpp RS 485 TWD NOZ 485D 0.085
link adapter
Screw terminals RS 485 TWD NOZ 485T 0.085
TWD NAC 485T TWD NOZ 485p
TWD NOZ 232D
Integrated Base controllers TWD LMDA 20/40Dpp. Allows According to TWD XCP ODM 0.105
display module a TWD NAC pppp serial adapter to be fitted TWD NAC

3/16
Functions Twido programmable controller 0

Asynchronous serial links

Modbus and character mode protocols

Modbus serial link

The Modbus serial link meets the needs of
TeSys U TeSys U Magelis XBT N master/slave architectures (it is nevertheless
necessary to check that the Modbus services
Twido (master) Twido slave
required for the application are implemented on the
devices concerned).

The bus consists of a master station and slave

stations. Only the master station can initiate the
exchange (direct communication between slave
Modbus link stations is not possible). Two exchange methods are
possible:
bQuestion/reply, questions from the master are
addressed to a specific slave. The master waits for
the reply to be returned by the slave polled.
b Distribution, the master distributes a message to all
the slave stations on the bus. These stations execute
the instruction without sending a reply.
3
Zelio Logic Advantys Advantys
OTB OTB Preventa XPS MC ATV 31

Modbus and character mode characteristics

Protocol Modbus Character mode
Structure Type Non isolated serial link (1)
Access method Master/slave type –
Physical interface RS 232, 3-wire RS 485, 3-wire RS 232, 3-wire RS 485, 3-wire
Transmission Mode Asynchronous in basic band
Frame RTU/ASCII, Half duplex Full duplex Half duplex
Binary rate 0.3…38.4 Kbit/s (default 19.2 Kbit/s) 0.3…38.7 Kbit/s (default 19.2 Kbit/s)
Format 7 or 8 data bits, 1 or 2 stop bits
Parity Without, even or odd
Medium Shielded twisted pair Single or double Shielded twisted pair
shielded twisted pair 3.4
Configuration Number of devices 2 (point to point) 32 max per segment 2 (point to point) 32 max per segment
Max. number of link addresses 244 248
Max. length of bus (1) 15 m 10 m not isolated 15 m 10 m not isolated
1000 m isolated (2) 1000 m isolated (2)
Max. length of a tap link – 10 m not isolated – 10 m not isolated
30 m isolated(2) 30 m isolated(2)
Services Frame 250 bytes of data per request

Security, check parameter One CRC on each frame (RTU) One LRC on each frame (ASCII)
One LRC on each frame (ASCII)
Monitoring Diagnostic counters, event counters –

Modbus functions
Modbus functions available on Twido controller serial link Code Modbus slave (server) Modbus master (client)
01 Read n internal bits %M Read output bits
02 Read n internal bits %M Read input bits
03 Read n internal words %MW Read words
04 Read n internal words %MW Read input words
05 Write 1 internal bit %M Write 1 bit or n bits
06 Write 1 internal word %MW Write 1 word or n words
15 Read n internal bits %M Write n output bits
16 Write n internal words %MW Write n output words
23 Read or write n internal words %MW, –
only with 40 I/O compact base controller
TWD LCpp 40DRF
43 Read device identification –

(1) For non isolated link, distance between the furthest devices: y 30 m.
(2) For isolated link, tap isolation box TWD XCA ISO must be used.

3/17
 Connections, Twido programmable controller 0

references Modbus and character mode serial link

Cabling system

Modbus cabling system

Non isolated link Isolated link

2 6 2 1 5 1 1
p p
Magelis XBT N
slave Modular
6 Phaseo
7 7
7 8 6 6

3 Twido TeSys U ATV 31 Twido master ATV 31 TeSys U Twido

slave
- Cable length between Twido and ATV 31: y 30 m - Total length of cables between tap isolation boxes 1: y 1000 m
- Length of cable 6: y 10 m - Length of tap link cables 6, 7 or 8: y 10 m
p Line polarisation active p Line polarisation active

References
Tap-off and adapter components for RS 485 serial link
Description Application Item Length Unit Weight
reference kg
Tap isolation box - RS 485 line isolation (1) 1 – TWD XCA ISO 0.100
Screw terminal block - Line end adapter (RC 120 Ω, 1nF)
for main cable - Line pre-polarisation (2 R 620 Ω)
2 x RJ45 for tap-off c 24 V supply (screw terminal block)
Mounting on 35 mm 7

3.4 TWD XCA ISO TWD XCA T3RJ Tap junction box - Line end adapter (RC 120 Ω, 1nF) 2 – TWD XCA T3RJ 0.080
1 x RJ45 for main cable - Line pre-polarisation (2 R 620 Ω)
2 x RJ45 for tap-off Mounting on 35 mm 7

Modbus hub Mounting on 35 m 7, on mounting – – LU9 GC3 0.500

Screw terminal block plate or panel (2 x Ø 4 mm screws)
for main cable
10 x RJ45 for tap-off

T-junction boxes 1 integrated cable with RJ45 – 0.3 m VW3 A8 306 TF03 –
2 x RJ45 connector for Altivar variable 1m VW3 A8 306 TF10 –
for main cable speed controller dedicated tap-off

Passive tap - Line extension and single-channel – – TSX SCA 50 0.520

junction box tap-off on screw terminal block
LU9 GC3 - Line end adapter

RS 232C/RS 485 - Flow rate 19.2 Kbit/s max. – – XGS Z24 0.100
line converter - Without modem signals
c 24 V/20 mA supply,
Mounting on 35 mm 7

TSX SCA 50 (1) Line isolation recommended for distances > 10 m.

XGS Z24

3/18
References (continued) Twido programmable controller 0

Modbus and character mode serial link

Cabling system

References (continued)
Connection cables for RS 485 serial link
Description Application Item Length Unit reference Weight
kg
Main cables Modbus serial link, 5 100 m TSX CSA 100 5.680
double shielded supplied without connector 200 m TSX CSA 200 10.920
twisted pair
500 m TSX CSA 500 30.000
RS 485

Modbus cables 2 x RJ45 connectors 6 0.3 m VW3 A8 306 R03 0.030

RS 485 1m VW3 A8 306 R10 0.050
3m VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150

1 x RJ45 connector and – 1m TWD XCA FJ010 0.060

1 end with free wires

3m VW3 A8 306 D30 0.150

1 mini-DIN connector for Twido 7 0.3 m TWD XCA RJ003 0.040

3
controller and 1 RJ45 connector 1m TWD XCA RJ010 0.090
3m TWD XCA RJ030 0.160

1 mini-DIN connector for Twido – 1m TWD XCA FD010 –

controller and 1 end with free wires 10 m TSX CX 100 –

Twido cables 1 mini-DIN connector for Twido – 2.5 m XBT Z9780 0180
to display and controller and 1 RJ 45 connector for:
Magelis compact - XBT N200/N400/R400
terminal XBT N/R 1 mini-DIN connector for Twido – 2.5 m XBT Z968 0.210
controller and 1 x 25-way SUB-D
connector for:
- XBT N410/N401/NU400
- XBT R410/R411

Cables for display 2 x RJ45 connectors for: 8 3m VW3 A8 306 R30 0.150
and Magelis compact - XBT N200/N400/R400 3.4
terminal XBT N/R 1 x RJ45 connector and 1 x 25-way 8 2.5 m XBT Z938 0.210
SUB-D connector for:
- XBT N410/N401/NU400
- XBT R410/R411
-
Line end adapter For RJ45 connector – Sold in VW3 A8 306 RC 0.200
R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nf lots of 2

Connection cables for RS 232 serial link

Description Application Item Length Reference Weight
kg
Cable for Serial link for terminal device (DTE) (1) – 3m TCS MCN 3M4F3C2 0.150
DTE terminal 1 x RJ45 connector and
(printer) 1 x 9-way SUB-D female connector

Cable for Serial link for point to point device (DCE) – 3m TCS MCN 3M4M3S2 0.150
DCE terminal 1 x RJ45 connector and
(modem, converter) 1 x 9-way SUB-D male connector

(1) If the terminal is equipped with a 25-way SUB-D connector, a SUB-D 25-way female/9-way
male adapter TSX CTC 07 must also be ordered.

3/19
 Connection, Twido programmable controller 0

characteristics, Asynchronous serial links

Programming protocol
references

Terminal link cabling system (integrated port)

Direct link Wireless link Link by modem

Programming PC Programming PC
with TwidoSuite with TwidoSuite 4
3
Twido RTC/GSM link

Programming PC 4
Twido 2 with TwidoSuite
Twido
1 5

Pocket PC
with TwidoAdjust

3
Terminal link characteristics (integrated port)
Protocol type
Physical layer RS 485
Flow rate Kbit/s 1.2…38.4, initial value: 19.2
Format 7 or 8 data bits, initial value: 8 - 1 or 2 stop bits, initial value: 1
Parity Without, even or odd, initial value: without
Connection 8-way mini-DIN female connector
Compatibility Compact base controllers TWD LCpA10/16/24DRF and TWD LCpp 40DRF
Modular base controllers TWD LMDA p0Dpp
References
Connection components for terminal link
Description Application Item Cable Unit Weight
length reference kg
USB/RS485 converter Allows connection of the Twido 1 0.4 m TSX CUSB 485 0.144
controller's integrated port to the USB
3.4 port on the programming PC.
To be used with mini-DIN/RJ45 cable.
RS 485 cable Fitted with a mini-DIN connector and 1 2.5 m TSX CRJMD 25 0.150
an RJ45 connector
TSX CUSB 485
To be used with the USB/RS485
converter
RS 232 cable Fitted with a mini-DIN connector and 1 (1) 2.5 m TSX PCX 1031 0.170
for DTE terminal a 9-way SUB-D female connector 5 (2)
(PC serial port, printer, …)
Adapter - 1 Bluetooth® adapter (range 10 m, 2 – VW3 A8 114 0.155
Modbus/Bluetooth® class 2) with RJ45 connector
- 1 x 0.1 m length cable for
TwidoSuite, with 1 RJ45 connector and
TSX PCX 1031 1 mini-DIN connector
- adapter and cable for ATV variable
speed controllers
USB Bluetooth Range 10 m 3 – VW3 A8115 0.290
adapter for PC For use on the PC serial port if the PC
does not have Bluetooth technology

Analogue PSTN Type WESTERMO TD-33 / V.90 4 3m SR1 MOD01 0.231

VW3 A8114 Modem Supplied with telephone cable
Supply voltage c 12…36 V

GSM Modem Type WAVECOM WMOD2B 4 1.5 m SR1 MOD2 0.127

Dual band 900/1800 MHz,
Supplied with power cable and lugs for
plate mounting
Supply voltage c 24 V
GSM modem accessory comprising: – SR1 KIT02 0.180
- a modem cable, 0.5 m
- an antenna with cable 3m
- device for mounting on 5 rail
RS 232 cable Fitted with a mini-DIN connector and 5 3m TSX PCX 1130 0.140
for DCE terminal a 9-way SUB D male connector.
(modem, …) Supplied with a TSX CTC 09 adapter
(9-way SUB-D female/25-way
SUB-D male 25)
(1) Depending on the type of terminal to be connected, adapter TSX CTC 10 (9-way SUB-D
male/25-way SUB-D male) must be ordered separately.
(2) Cable TSX PCX 1031 may be used as connection cable 5 between the Twido controller and
the modem, after having crossed the Rx and TX conductors.

3/20
Presentation Twido programmable controller 0

Asynchronous serial links

“Remote link” decentralised I/O protocol

"Remote Link" decentralised I/O

1 2 2 2

(1) (1) (1)

Each compact or modular base controller can be extended by means of any other
Twido base controller used either as an I/O extension, or as a local "reflex" controller:
b When used as an I/O extension, these 10, 16, 20, 24 or 40 discrete I/O base
controllers cannot take any expansion modules (discrete I/O, analogue I/O or
3
communication). The "master" base controller acquires the inputs and updates the
outputs of the Twido base controllers used as remote I/O extensions
b When used as a local “reflex” controller, these base controllers each have their
own application program. They can take any of the expansion modules (discrete I/O,
analogue I/O or communication). Eight internal words (4 input words
%INW0.0…%INW0.3 and 4 output words %QNW0.0…%QNW0.3) are reserved in
each "reflex" base controller for automatic exchange of information with the "master"
controller.

1 Compact or modular base controller acting as "master".

2 Twido compact or modular base controllers used as I/O extension or as local
"reflex" controller.
3 RS 485, 3-wire cable from the integrated serial port or from the 2nd optional serial
port.

3.4
(1) Connection is made either to the integrated serial port, or to the 2nd optional serial port

"Remote link" characteristics

Protocol type “Remote link”
Flow rate Kbit/s 38.4
Physical layer RS 485
Medium Double shielded twisted pair
Maximum length of link m 200 with tap link 10 m max.
Tap isolation boxes TWD XCA ISO to be used for distances u 30 m
Connection to controller To integrated serial port (mini-DIN connector)
To 2nd optional serial port on compact base controllers (mini-DIN connector or screw
terminal block)
Number of Twido base controllers that can be connected 1…7
Compatibility Compact base controllers TWD LCpA 10/16/24DRF andTWD LCpp 40DRF
Modular base controllers TWD LMDA p0Dpp

References
Tap-off and connection components
Description Application Item Length Unit Weight
reference kg
Passive tap - Line extension and single-channel – – TSX SCA 50 0.520
junction box tap-off on screw terminal block
- Line end adapter

Main cables Modbus serial link, supplied without 5 100 m TSX CSA 100 5.680
double shielded connector 200 m TSX CSA 200 10.920
twisted pair
500 m TSX CSA 500 30.000
RS 485
TSX SCA 50
Modbus cables 1 mini-DIN connector for Twido – 1m TWD XCA FD010 –
RS 485 controller and 1 end with free wires 10 m TSX CX 100 –

3/21
 Dimensions Twido programmable controller 1

1
Communication
Communication modules

Dimensions
TwidoPort Ethernet module
499 TWD 01100

74 22,5
70

SER ACT
STATUS
LINK

90
100MB
ETH ACT

3
CANopen bus/AS-Interface expansion modules
TWD NCO1M/NOI 10M3 (mounted on RH side of compact and modular base controllers)
b

70 3,8 a

90

3.4
4,5

a b
TWD NCO1M 29.7 14.6
TWD NOI 10M3 23.5 9.4

Expansion modules with serial adapter and digital display

TWD NOZ pppp and TWD XCP ODM (can only be mounted on LH side of base controllers)

70 a 13,9
90
4,5

a
TWD NOZ pppp 22.50
TWD XCP ODM 38

3/22
Connections 1
Twido programmable controller 1

Communication
Communication modules

Connections
AS-Interface
Screw terminal block

As-Interface
flat cable

TWD NOI 10M3

+ Brown wire
- Blue wire
3
Integrated serial link Optional link
RS 485, mini-DIN connector RS 485, mini-DIN connector RS 232D, mini-DIN connector RS 485T, screw terminal block

8 7 6 8 7 6 8 7 6

5 4 3 5 4 3 5 4 3
A B SG
2 1 2 1 2 1

TWD LCpA 10/16/24DRF TWD NAC 485D TWD NAC 232D TWD NAC 485T
TWD LCpp 40DRF TWD NOZ 485D TWD NOZ 232D TWD NOZ 485T
TWD LMDA p0Dpp
1 D1 (A +) D1 (A +) RTS A D1 (A +)
2 D0 (B -) D0 (B -) DTR B D0 (B -)
3 NPC N/C TXD SG 0 V 3.4
4 /DE N/C RXD
5 /DPT N/C DSR
6 NPC N/C 0V
7 0V 0V 0V
8 5 V (180 mA) 5 V (180 mA) 5 V (180 mA)
NC: not connected
NPC: do not connect
/DPT: 1 = master. If not connected, the Programming protocol is used for communication with PCs (at state 1, 19, 200 Kbit/s, without parity). If connected to 0 V,
the communication parameters are those configured by the TwidoSuite software

3/23
 0

4/0
Content 0
4 - Operating and maintenance
software 4

4 - Software
b TwidoSuite programming software

v Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/2

v Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/3
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/7

b TwidoAdjust maintenace software

v Presentation, fonctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/8

v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 4/9

4/1
 Presentation 0
Twido programmable controller 0

TwidoSuite programming software

Presentation
TwidoSuite programming software is a user-friendly tool designed to help you
523255

develop projects created on Twido controllers. It provides seamless continuity for

applications created using TwidoSoft.

TwidoSuite is easy-to-use and takes little or no time to learn how to use.

Its primary aim is to reduce project development time significantly by simplifying all
necessary interventions.
TwidoSuite is the first software tool:
b Organized according to the project development cycle. Navigation through the
software is so easy that it becomes second nature.
b Offering an interface that is resolutely modern, pleasant and intuitive, so that
getting started is:
v More user-friendly
v Faster - the simplified interface helps you find the information you need in a matter
of seconds
v More efficient, thanks to the numerous tools and tips on offer

TwidoSuite software runs with the following minimum configurations:

b Microsoft Windows® 2000, Microsoft Windows® XP, (service Pack 2 recommended)
b 466 MHz Pentium type processor, hard disk with 100 Mb space available and
128 Mb of RAM
b Minimum screen resolution of 800 x 600 pixels

Connecting a PC to the controller

There are several ways of connecting a PC to controllers during the programming,
debug and maintenance phases.

Link via connection cables

The PC is connected to the Twido bases via:
b A USB port using the USB/RS 485 converter TSX CUSB 485 and the 2.5 m
Mini-DIN/RJ45 cable TSX CRJMD25
b A RS 232 serial port via the 2.5 m 9-way Mini-DIN/SUB-D multifunction cable
TSX PCX 1031

Link via modem

Modems are a very practical solution avoiding the need for on-site attendance for
certain maintenance operations.
The modem connected to the Twido controller must be declared in the hardware
configuration. It will be initialized by the controller automatically (Hayes initialization
string).
At the PC end, the TwidoSuite software will associate a special modem connection
that will be memorized in the project (including the telephone number to use).

Ethernet network link

Thanks to its embedded Ethernet port, the Twido compact bases controller
TWD LCAE 40DRF and TWD LCDE 40DRF can be connected to a PC using the
Ethernet network and the Modbus TCP/IP protocol.
The TwidoPort Plug&Play interface module 499 TWD 01100 is extremely easy to
use, and can be used to incorporate all Twido controllers (firmware version u 3.0) into
an Ethernet TCP/IP network.

Bluetooth wireless link

The ideal solution during the debug phase, the Bluetooth wireless link provides the
convenience of total freedom of movement within a radius of 10 m around the Twido
controller.

Being self-powered, the Modbus - Bluetooth adaptor VW3 A8 114 simply has to be
connected to the Twido controller. If the PC does not have Bluetooth technology, the
USB - Bluetooth adaptor VW3 A8 115 should be used.

4/2
 Functions 0
Twido programmable controller 0

TwidoSuite programming software

Navigation, management, description

Instinctive, visual navigation

523256

Navigation within TwidoSuite is intuitive and highly visual.

Presentation is optimized in such a way that selecting the development stage of the
desired project makes the appropriate tools available.

The environment ensures nothing is overlooked, by suggesting the tasks to be

performed throughout the project development cycle.

The workspace has been streamlined so that only that which is necessary and
relevant to the current task is featured, without any superfluous information.

An area can be used to activate additional tools in a matter of seconds.

The basic functions are permanently accessible for quick and easy navigation and
access to information.

Project management
The “Project management” function is used to:
b Create a new project with the option to enter data by means of a form and attach
a photo
b Open a project from the PC (hard disk, CD-Rom, USB key, etc.)
b Review a project from a Twido controller.
There is quick access to the most recently-used projects.
523257

Description of the architecture

This function is used to:
b Define the Twido hardware used in the project (controller, I/O extension,
options, etc.)
b Describe the controller environment, such as, for example:
v The HMI terminal connected
v The devices connected to the CANopen network
v Etc.

This hardware context for the project is essential for explaining as clearly as possible
the composition of the control system managed by the Twido controller.

A highly visual “Catalog” can be used to select the appropriate product including:
b The product reference
b The product description
b A photo of the product

A graphic editor can be used to assemble the various elements easily by a simple
drag & drop.

The “Parts list” tool lists all the products used and can retrieve this information in
Excel format so that an order for equipment can be prepared more quickly, for
example.

4/3
 Functions (continued) 0
Twido programmable controller 0

TwidoSuite programming software

Configuration, programming, debugging

Configuration
The configuration stage is used to define the elements that will be available for
programming. There are three types of configuration:
b Hardware configuration, which defines, for example, the type of sensor connected
to an analog extension module input or even the temperature scale to be used (°C or
°F)
b Data configuration, which is used to set timer parameters and define the constants
and the number of memory words to be used
b Behavior configuration, which specifies the start-up conditions for the application
(automatically on controller power-up, or dependent on the state of an input), the
scan mode, etc.

Programming
523258

Programming is an essential step, and one which has been carefully designed to be
as efficient as possible. The program can now therefore be organized into “Sections”,
which simplify reading and navigating through the program.
These sections can be programmed in LIST or LADDER language.

For enhanced productivity, a new Ladder Editor helps create the program in record
time. Use of the “Data Browser” tool replaces the often tedious task of entering a
memory address with a simple drag & drop.

Debugging
Often performed in difficult conditions, debugging is now much improved.
The connection task is guided step-by-step, so that all the actions performed by
TwidoSuite (choice of connection, test of the connected controller, selection of the
transfer performed) can be followed.
The program is then animated, allowing modifications to be made without stopping
the controller (RUN).
Animation tables display the memory objects in a user-friendly way.
A mini floating display panel can be used to control actions on the controller.
523259

Documentation
Because a printed dossier of the created project is still a crucial element, it is possible
to configure some project elements for printing, define the page layout to suit the
user’s requirements, and then launch printing.
A preview function avoids wasted print jobs.

Generating an HTML folder allows the documentation to be reviewed in Microsoft

Word 2000 in order to add to it and create a maintenance manual, for example.

4/4
Functions (continued) 0
Twido programmable controller 0

TwidoSuite programming software

Counting

Macros for Modbus serial link and CANopen bus

In order to make programming easier, a system of macros simplifies writing of the
program and improves understanding of the code. This system is presented
according to different families of equipment - generic equipment, variable speed
drives (ATV 31, ATV 61, ATV 71 and Lexium 05).
For each family, a list of macros is suggested to facilitate exchanges between the
Twido programmable controller and the device connected to the Modbus serial link
or the CANopen bus. These macros are in the form of configurable families to
describe the network characteristics of the device involved (Modbus network or
CANopen bus, slave address, etc.). The instances thus configured can be run within
the program.
For each macro, symbols for objects used can be generated automatically in order
to provide further assistance in terms of readability of the application. For each macro
inserted in the program, TwidoSuite software automatically generates code in
Instruction List language, encapsulated in a subroutine. The macro’s code call line is
compiled by the TwidoSuite software by calling a subroutine.
After calling up a macro, the code generated in Instruction List language can be
displayed. No modifications to the content of subroutines generated in this way are
allowed.

Counter function
The counter function allows the controller to count a large number of pulses, within one
program scan cycle. The fast counters can compare the current counter value with a
preset value and trigger an output when the preset value is reached. This type of
counter function can be used for counting parts or events, or for measuring length or
position.
The number of integrated fast counters depends on the type of base controller:

Base controller Compact Compact Modular Extreme

type LCpA 10/16/24 DRF LCAp 40DRF LMDA 20DpK/20DRT LEDCK1
TWD LCDp 40DRF LMDA 40DpK
VFC counter 1 2 2 –
(20 kHz)
FC counter 3 4 2 1 (10 kHz)
(5 kHz)

Very fast counter - VFC (20 kHz)

The 32-bit fast counter (VFC) is an up/down counter with the possibility of auxiliary
inputs. The counter is accessed by means of the %VFCi function block programmed
using TwidoSuite. The %VFCi function block can be used to execute one of the following
five functions, all with a maximum frequency of 20 kHz:
b Up/Down counter
b Up/Down counter with detection of running direction
b Single up counter
b Single down counter
b Frequency meter
The pulses to be counted may come from an incremental encoder or from two proximity
sensors (up/down counting) connected to inputs I0 and I1 of Twido base controllers.

Fast counter - FC (5 or 10 kHz)

The 16-bit fast counter is available for up or down counting of pulses (rising edges)
on the discrete inputs of Twido base controllers at a maximum frequency of 5 kHz.
The up and down counters are accessed by means of the %FCi function block
programmed using TwidoSuite. Using the configuration editor, the user must select
either up or down counting mode for each function block, define the initial value of
the preset %FCi.P and select the attribute “adjustable” in order to be able to
dynamically change the preset value %FCi.P and the current value %FCi.V.
Within function block %FCi, the current value %FCi.V varies by:
b Incrementing the value 0 to the preset value %FCi.P in up counter mode
b Decrementing the preset value %FCi.P to 0 in down counter mode

(1) Requires TwidoSuite software version u1.20.

4/5
Functions (continued) 0
Twido programmable controller 0

TwidoSuite programming software

Position control, processing, PID

Position control
Twido compact (TWD LCAp 40DRF), modular and Extreme controllers offer two
software positioning functions (frequency 7 kHz) (1) which can be used, for example,
for controlling stepper motors:
b PLS (pulse) function - pulse generator output
b PWM function - pulse width modulation output. This function can also be used for
applications with light or sound intensity control (dimmer or volume control function).

PLS function (pulse, 7 kHz) (1)

The PLS function block generates pulses of fixed ratio. In some cases, the frequency
can be fixed and in others it is variable (as in control of slopes when driving a stepper
Variable T period motor). The %PLS function block can be programmed to generate a specific number
of pulses.
Constant %PLS function blocks are assigned to outputs %Q0.0.0 or %Q0.0.1 on Twido base
on to off ratio controllers.
The pulse generator signal has a variable period, but with a constant duty cycle
which establishes an ON to OFF ratio of 50% of the period (see illustration opposite).

PWM function (7 kHz) (1)

The PWM function block generates pulses of fixed frequency, with a variable ratio between
the high state and low state of the output signal. The ON to OFF duration ratio is a dynamic
variable called %PWM.R, with a range from 0% to 100%.
Constant T period
PWM function blocks are assigned to outputs %Q0.0.0 or %Q0.00.1 on a base
Variable controller. The PWM function can be used to control analog module outputs.
on to off ratio
The user-defined %PWM function block generates a signal on output %Q0.0.0 or %Q0.0.1
of Twido base controllers (see illustration opposite).

Event processing
b Event management by the application.
b 2 priority levels
b 3 types of source:
v 4 event sources based on the basic inputs
v 4 event sources based on the very fast threshold counter (VF counter)
v 1 event source based on the periodic event (Timer)
b Command masked and enabled by the system bits
b Each event executes a single user logic subroutine
b Updating of “reflex” outputs

PID
b 14 PID programming loops
b “Autotuning” algorithm (for software version u 2.5).
b Analog/PWM output
b Linear conversion of measuring input
b 2 alarm levels (high and low) on the “measurement”
b Command output limits
b Direct and inverse action
b 2 animated modes for PID: configuration mode, debug mode

Online modification
This application can be debugged and adjusted in online mode. With this mode, the
application program contained in the PC memory is identical to that in the controller
memory. Program modifications can therefore be made directly in the Twido
controller.

(1) 1 or 5 kHz maximum with the Twido Extreme controller (see page 1/25).

4/6
References 0
Twido programmable controller 0

TwidoSuite programming software

References
TwidoSuite bilingual software packages are for use on PCs (1) with Windows 2000
or Windows XP operating systems.
The software product includes:
b A CD-ROM containing the TwidoSuite bilingual software (English and French) (2)
and the hardware and software setup documentation
b Hard copy of the quick start guide

TwidoSuite software
Description Programming languages Composition Reference Weight
kg
TwidoSuite Ladder 1 DVD-ROM TWD BTF U10M –
version V2.0 Instruction List
Multilingual
(2)

Discover TwidoPack
Description Composition Reference Weight
kg
TwidoPack Compact base 10 I/O TWD LCAA 10DRF TWD XPD PAK6M –
Compact Real-time clock cartridge TWD XPD RTC
Input simulator TWD X8M6
USB/RS485 converter TSX CUSB 485
with cardset (0.4 m) TSX CRIMD25
TwidoSuite software on DVD-Rom
TWD BTF 010M

Components for connecting a PC to the controller

Description Use Length Reference Weight
From To kg
TSX PCX 1031 Connection Compact and Serial port on 2.5 m TSX PCX 1031 0.170
cables modular PC with
Twido TwidoSuite
controllers software
(Mini-DIN) installed
(2) RJ45 on 2.5 m TSX CRJMD25 0.150
USB/RS 485
converter (3)
USB/RS 485 Cable USB port on 0.4 m TSX CUSB 485 0.144
TSX CUSB 485 converter TSX CRJMD25 PC (3) with
(RJ45) TwidoSuite
software
installed
Bluetooth wireless link
Description Use Reference Weight
kg
Bluetooth Range 10 m (class 2). Comprising: VW3 A8 114 0.155
VW3 A8 114 gateway - 1 Bluetooth gateway with one RJ45
- 1 cable (length 0.1 m) with two RJ45
- 1 cable (length 0.1 m) with one RJ45
and a mini-DIN for TwidoSuite software
- 1 RJ45/9-way SUB-D adaptor
Bluetooth Range 10 m (class 2) VW3 A8 115 0.010
gateway Required for a PC without Bluetooth
VW3 A8 115 for PC technology
Connection on PC USB port

Ethernet network interface

Description Characteristics Reference Weight
kg
TwidoPort 10/100 Mbps. Auto MDIX function 499 TWD 01100 0.200
interface Ethernet network connection on RJ45
module connector
for all bases Supplied with connection cable for Twido
version u 3.0 base TWD XCA RJP03P

(1) Minimum con gurations, see page 4/2.

(2) For connection of Twido Extreme, see page 1/29.
(3) To connect the Twido controller to the USB port of a PC, you need to add two other product
references: cable TSX CRJMD25 and USB/RS 485 converter TSX CUSB 485.

d Available 4th quarter of 2007

Before this date please order the english/french version CD-Rom reference TWD BTF U10EF.
499 TWD 01100 The other languages German, Spanish, Italian are only available by download from our site
www.telemecanique.com

4/7
 Presentation, Twido programmable controller 1

functions 1
TwidoAdjust software

Presentation
532634

TwidoAdjust is a software tool dedicated to the management and animation of Twido

applications, using a Pocket PC.

The Pocket PC with TwidoAdjust software package can be connected to a Twido

programmable controller:
b either using TSX PCX 1031 and TSX PCX 1130 connection cables (ensuring
crossing of the Rx and Tx wires),
b or using Bluetooth wireless technology. For optimum performance, use a Pocket
PC with integrated Bluetooth technology.

TwidoAdjust software requires a Pocket PC with Windows Mobile 5.0 (1) operating
system and must be used with the stylus, since the Pocket PC buttons are not
supported by TwidoAdjust software.
Example of TwidoAdjust software screen
TwidoAdjust software is used to manage a project and allows:
b the transfer of applications,
b animation and back-up of object tables,
b back-up of object category values.

From the very first screen, TwidoAdjust software offers the possibility of displaying
essential controller data, such as its reference, its status, the name of the application
and version of its microprogram.

Functions
The functions offered by TwidoAdjust software are split into three groups:
connection, application and system.

Connection
The connection function establishes communication between the TwidoAdjust
software and the Twido programmable controller and allows disconnection and
access to basic data such as references, controller status and name of the
application.

Application
The application function includes the following functions:
b transfer, such as transfer of the application, reading of an application, “backup”,
“restore”,
b animation of object tables, creation, editing, table animation, capture of values,
b reading the configuration of the application.

System
The system function makes it possible to display the physical configuration of the
controller, set the RTC function clock and update the PLC’s microprogram.

The operation of TwidoAdjust software can also be customised via the “Action” and
“Preferences” menus. Other types of customisation are offered, such as adding
shortcuts, choice of default communication port, opening of latest project.

(1) TwidoAdjust is also compatible with Pocket PC2003 operating system.

4/8
References 1
Twido programmable controller 1

TwidoAdjust software

References
The multi-language software packages (English, French, German, Italian and
Spanish) are for use on Pocket PCs with Windows Mobile 5.0 (1) operating system.
These software packages include:
b a CD-ROM containing TwidoAdjust multi-language software and multi-language
documentation for hardware and software set-up,
b depending on the model, Bluetooth gateway VW3 A8114.

TwidoAdjust software
Description Processor Language Composition Reference Weight
kg
TwidoAdjust Recommended Multi- – TWD SMD 1002 V30M –
software processor language
packages 400 MHz Supplied with TWD SMD 1004 V30M –
Available RAM Bluetooth
128 or 256 Kb gateway
VW3 A8114

Separate components
Description Composition Reference Weight
kg
Bluetooth Range 10 m (class 2). Comprising: VW3 A8114 0.155
gateway - 1 Bluetooth gateway with one RJ45
- 1 cable (length 0.1 m) with two RJ45
- 1 cable (length 0.1 m) with one RJ45
and a mini-DIN for TwidoSuite software
- 1 RJ45/9-way SUB-D adaptor
VW3 A8114

Description Application Reference Weight

kg
Twido-Pocket PC With one mini-DIN connector 2.5 m TSX PCX 1031 –
cordsets (3) and one female 9-way
SUB-D connector

With one mini-DIN connector 3 m TSX PCX 1130 –

and one male 9-way SUB-D
connector
TSX PCX 1031 (1) TwidoAdjust is also compatible with Pocket PC2003 operating system.
(2) Connection schemes, see page 3/20.
(3) Cordset TSX PCX 1130 supplied with 1 SUB-D adapter TSX CTC 09
(9-way female/25-way male).
Cordset TSX PCX 1031 can be use for connection between Twido controler and Pocket PC,
after having crossed the Rx and Tx conductors

4/9
 0

5/0
Content 0
5 - Connection interfaces,
regulated switch mode power supplies
and Human/Machine interfaces 5

5.1 - Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired I/O system

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/2

b Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/4

b Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/5

b Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/6

b Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/8

b References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/12

b Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/13

b Schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/14

5.2 - Regulated switch mode power supplies

Phaseo Modular, Optimum and AS-Interface ranges
selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/18

b Phaseo Modular range power supplies

v Presentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/20

v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/21
v Selection of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/24
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/25
v Dimensions, schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/25

b Phaseo Optimum range power supplies

v Presentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/26 5

v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/27
v Selection of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/30
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/31
v Dimensions, schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/31

b Phaseo AS-Interface range power supplies

v Presentation, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/32

v Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/33
v Selection of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/34
v References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/35
v Dimensions, schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 5/35

5.3 - Human/machines Interfaces

Magelis compact display units and terminals selection guide . . . . . page 5/36

5/1
Selection guide Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

Applications Connection sub-bases for discrete inputs and outputs

Compatibility Twido modular base controllers equipped with HE 10 connectors TWD LMDA 20DTK/40DTK

Relay amplification – Electromechanical and solid state, fixed

Control voltage c 24 V

Output voltage c 24 V c 24 V (solid state)

c 5…30 V,
a 250 V (electromechanical)

Current per channel

Input 5…7 mA 5…7 mA
Output 0.3 A 2 A (solid state)
3 A (electromechanical)

Modularity 20 (12 inputs/8 outputs)

Type of I/O - 12 inputs - 12 inputs - 12 inputs (1 common/12 channels)

(1 common/12 channels) (1 common/12 channels) - 2 solid state outputs
- 8 outputs - 8 outputs with (1 common/2 channels)
(1 common/8 channels) fuse protection - 6 relay outputs (electromechanical)
(1 common/8 channels) 1 N/O (1 common/6 channels)

LED indication

Number of terminals per channel 2, 3 (with optional snap-on terminal block)

Connection to Twido programmable controller HE 10 connector, 26-way

Type of terminal Fixed screw terminal block

Interface type ABE 7B20MPN20 ABE 7B20MPN22 ABE 7B20MRM20

Pages 5/12 5/12 5/12

5/2
 0

Connection sub-bases Connection sub-bases for discrete outputs

for discrete inputs

Twido I/O expansion modules with HE 10 connectors TWD DDI 16DK/32DK and TWD DDO 16TK/32TK

– Electromechanical, fixed

c 24 V

c 24 V c 5…30 V,
a 250 V (electromechanical)

5 mA – –
– 0.1 A 3A

16 inputs 16 outputs

16 inputs 16 outputs 16 outputs with fuse protection 16 relay outputs (electromechanical)

(1 common/16 channels) (1 common/16 channels) LED indication 1 N/O
(1 common/4 channels)

2, 3 (with optional snap-on terminal block)

HE 10 connector, 20-way

Fixed screw terminal block

ABE 7E16EPN20 ABE 7E16SPN20 ABE 7E16SPN22 ABE 7E16SRM20

5/12 5/12 5/12 5/12

5/3
Presentation Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

Presentation
Relay and connection functions, with or without polarity distribution, significantly
reduce wiring time and eliminate the risk of error.
The AdvantysTelefast ABE 7 pre-wired system allows fast, reliable and economical
remote connection of I/O modules (c 24 V discrete) to operative parts, partly
eliminating the single-wire connection and intermediate terminal blocks.
The Telefast ABE 7 system can only be connected to Twido modules equipped with
HE 10 type connectors. It consists of connecting cables and interface sub-bases.
The Telefast ABE 7 range is suitable for all types of connection found in control
system devices:
v I/O located in the PLC cabinet,
v I/O located directly on the machine or in auxiliary enclosures.

All the I/O connection sub-bases comprise output terminals on 2 rows :

b 1st row: connection of the signal,
b 2nd row: connection of its common
v c 24 V for the inputs,
v 0 V for the outputs.
A 3rd row of optional terminals ABE 7BVpp may be added for connection of another
common.

These I/O sub-bases are available in different configurations:

Sub-bases for Twido modular base controllers

b ABE 7B20MPN20: sub-base with 12 inputs + 8 passive outputs.

b ABE 7B20MPN22: sub-base with 12 inputs + 8 passive outputs.

v individual fuse protection for each output (0.315 A),
v LED indication,
v blade disconnector for the 0 V common.

b ABE 7B20MRM20: sub-base with 12 inputs + 8 outputs with soldered relays

v 2 A solid state relay (1 x 4 A common/2 channels) on 2 outputs,
v electromechanical relays (1N/O c 24 V/a 250 V, 3 A) on 6 outputs for adaptation
of the current or voltage signal (1 x 10 A common/6 channels).

Sub-bases for Twido I/O expansion modules

b ABE 7E16EPN20: sub-base with 16 passive inputs.

b ABE 7E16SPN20: sub-base with 16 passive outputs.

b ABE 7E16SPN22: sub-base with 16 passive outputs.

v individual fuse protection for each output (0.315 A),
v LED indication
v blade disconnector for breaking the 0 V common.

b ABE 7E16SRM20: sub-base with 16 soldered relay outputs

v electromechanical relays (1N/O c 24 V/a 250 V, 3 A) on 16 outputs for adapting
the current or voltage signal (1 x 5 A common/4 channels)

Optional terminal blocks

b ABE 7BV20TB
v 12 shunted screw terminals for the input common,
v 8 shunted screw terminals for the output common.

b ABE 7BV20
v 20 shunted screw terminals for connection of a single common.

Compatibility : Characteristics : Curves : References, dimensions : Schemes :

page 5/6 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13 pages 5/14 to 5/17

5/4
Description Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

Description
Connection sub-bases ABE 7B20Mpppp, ABE 7E16SRM20 and
4 5 2 6 1 ABE 7E16SPN22

1 HE 10 connector (20-way for ABE 7E16ppppp, 26-way for ABE 7B20ppppp).

2 Fuse for the c 24 V supply circuit.
3 Rail mounting.
4 LED for channel indication (only on ABE 7B20MPN22 and ABE 7E16SPN22).
5 c 24 V power supply terminal block.
7 6 Blade disconnector on c 0 V (only on ABE 7B20MPN22 and ABE 7E16SPN22).
7 Legend holder cover: customer marking on outside and sub-base wiring scheme
on inside, providing access to fuses per channel (only on ABE 7B20MPN22 and
ABE 7E16SPN22).
8 8 Test point for Ø 2.3 mm plug.
9 Upper terminal block for connection of signals.
10 Lower terminal block for connection of commons.
11 Optional snap-on terminal block with 20 screw terminals.

3 11 10 9

Connection sub-bases ABE 7E16EPN20 and ABE 7E16SPN20

4 2 1
1 HE 10 connector, 20-way,
2 Fuse for the c 24 V supply circuit.
3 Rail mounting.
4 c 24 V power supply terminal block.
5 Test point for Ø 2.3 mm plug.
6 Upper terminal block for connection of signals.
5 7 Lower terminal block for connection of commons.
8 Optional snap-on terminal block with 20 screw terminals.

3 8 7 6

Compatibility : Characteristics : Curves : References, dimensions : Schemes :

page 5/6 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13 pages 5/14 to 5/17

5/5
Presentation Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Pre-wired solution for Twido controller

1 2

4 4

Compatibility : Characteristics : Curves : References, dimensions : Schemes :

page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13 pages 5/14 to 5/17

5/6
Compatibility Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Pre-wired solution for Twido controller

Presentation (continued)
1 Modular base controller with 26-way HE 10 connectors. The modular sizes
available are 20 or 40 I/O.
2 Input and output modules with 20-way HE 10 connectors. The modular sizes
available are 16 or 32 I/O.
3 Cable (ABF T26Bpp0) equipped with a 26-way HE 10 connector at each end. This
cable is available in 0.5, 1 and 2 metre lengths (AWG 28/0.08 mm2).
4 Cable (ABF T20Epp0) equipped with a 20-way HE 10 connector at each end. This
cable is available in 0.5, 1, 2 and 3 metre lengths (AWG 28/0.08 mm2).
5 20 channel sub-base (ABE 7B20MPN2p or ABE 7B20MR20) for modular base
controllers.
6 16 channel sub-base (ABE 7E16SPN22 or ABE 7E16SRM20) for output
extension modules.
7 16 channel sub-base (ABE 7E16EPN20 or ABE 7E16SPN20) for input or output
extension modules.

Compatibility with modular base controllers and I/O modules

Modular base controllers Discrete I/O expansion modules
Inputs/outputs (source) Inputs Outputs (source)

Incorporated in Twido programmable controllers TWD LMDA 20DTK (12 I/8 O) TWD DDI 16DK (16 I) TWD DDO 16TK (16 O)
TWD LMDA 40DTK (24 I/16 O) TWD DDI 32DK (32 I) TWD DDO 32TK (32 O)

HE 10 connector, 26-way HE 10 connector, 20-way

Terminal block types

Connection to Twido programmable controller ABF T26Bpp0 (HE 10, 26-way) ABF T20Epp0 (HE 10, 20-way)

Passive connection sub-bases

20 channels ABE 7B20MPN2p

16 channels ABE 7E16EPN20

ABE 7E16SPN2p

Output adapter bases

20 channels ABE 7B20MRM20

16 channels ABE 7E16SRM20

Presentation : Characteristics : Curves : References, dimensions : Schemes :

page 5/6 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13 pages 5/14 to 5/17

5/7
Characteristics Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

Environment characteristics
Product certifications UL, CSA
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 2X
Protective treatment “TC”
Resistance to incandescent wire Conforming to °C 750: extinction < 30 s
IEC 60695-2-11
Shock resistance Conforming to ms 11 (half sine wave)
IEC 60068-2-27 15 gn (acceleration)
Vibration resistance Conforming to Hz 10…150
IEC 60068-2-6 2 gn (acceleration)
Resistance to electrostatic discharge Conforming to Level 3
IEC 61000-4-2
Resistance to radiated fields Conforming to V/m 10 (80 MHz to 2 GHz), level 3
IEC 61000-4-3
Immunity to fast transient currents Conforming to Level 3
IEC 61000-4-4
Surge withstand Conforming to μs 1.2/50 - 8/20
IEC 61000-4-5
Ambient air temperature Conforming to °C Operation: - 5…+ 60
IEC 61131-2 °C Storage: - 40…+ 80
Dielectric test voltage Terminals/mounting kV 2
(for 1 minute) rails
Overvoltage category Conforming to Category II
IEC 60664-1
Degree of pollution Conforming to 2
IEC 60664-1
Mounting Conforming to On standard 7 rail, height 15 mm, width 35 mm
IEC 60715
Connection Flexible cable mm2 1 x 0.14…2.5 –
without cable end AWG 1 x 26…14 –
Flexible cable mm2 1 x 0.09…1.5 2 x 0.09…0.75
with cable end AWG 1 x 28…16 2 x 28…20
Solid cable mm2 1 x 0.14…2.5 2 x 0.12…1.5
AWG 1 x 26…12 2 x 28…16
Tightening torque Nm 0.6 (with 3.5 mm flat screwdriver)
Supply characteristics (controller side)
Supply voltage Conforming to cV 19…30 (Un = 24)
IEC 61131-2
Maximum supply current cA 2
per sub-base
Voltage drop on supply fuse cV 0.3
Supply overload and A 2
short-circuit protection
by quick-blow fuse (included)
Characteristics of the control circuit for 1 channel (sensor/controller side)
Sub-base type Passive connection sub-bases Connection sub-bases
for discrete signals with soldered relays
ABE 7 B20MPN2p E16EPN20 E16SPN2p B20MRM20 E16SRM20
Number of channels Passive input 12 16 – 12 –
Passive output 8 – 16 – –
Solid state output – – – 2 –
Relay output – – – 6 16
Rated voltage Ue cV 24
Min/max voltage Conforming to cV 20.4/26.4 20.4/28.8 19/30
IEC 61131-2
Internal current per channel at Ue Passive input mA – –
(3.2 for ABE 7
B20MPN22)
Passive output mA – – – –
(3.2 for ABE 7 (3.2 for ABE 7
B20MPN22) E16SPN22)
Solid state output mA – 4.5 –
Relay output mA – 9
State 1 guaranteed Solid state output V/mA – 16/5.5 –
Relay output V – 16.8
State 0 guaranteed Solid state output V/mA – 10/0.4 –
Relay output V – 2
Conformity Conforming to Type 1 Type 1 – Type 1 –
IEC 61131-2

Presentation : Compatibility : Curves : References, dimensions : Schemes :

page 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13 pages 5/14 to 5/17

5/8
Characteristics (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

Output circuit characteristics (preactuator side)

Sub-base type Passive connection sub-bases Connection sub-bases
for discrete signals with soldered relays
ABE 7 B20MPN2p E16EPN20 E16SPN2p B20MRM20 E16SRM20
Number of channels Passive output 8 – 16 – –
Solid state output – – – 2 –
Relay output – – – 6 16
Contact arrangement – 1 N/O relay
Rated voltage at Ue Passive output cV 24 –
Solid state output cV – 24 –
Relay output cV – 5…30
aV – 110…250
Current switched per I/O channel Passive input/output mA 15/300 15/– –/100 15/– –
Solid state output A – 2 –
Relay output A – 3
Maximum current per common Passive output A 2 – 1.6 –
Solid state output A – 4 –
Relay output A – 10 5
Rated operational current (60 °C max) DC 12 A – 2/3 –/3
(for 500 000 operations) DC 13 A – 2/0.5 –/0.5
AC 12, relay A – 2
AC 15, relay A – 0.4
Minimum current mA – 1/100 –/100
Rated insulation voltage V Not isolated 300
Maximum From state 0 to Solid state output ms – 0.01 –
response time state 1 Relay output ms – 5 5
From state 1 to Solid state output ms – 0.4 –
state 0 Relay output ms – 2.5 2.5
Channel fuse mA – – – –
protection (315 for ABE 7 (125 for ABE 7
B20MPN22) E16SPN22)
Other characteristics (at ambient temperature of 20 °C)
Sub-base type Passive connection sub-bases Connection sub-bases
for discrete signals with soldered relays
ABE 7 B20MPN2p E16EPN20 E16SPN2p B20MRM20 E16SRM20
Permissible leakage current mA – – – –
without illuminating the channel LED (1.5 for ABE 7 (1.5 for ABE 7
B20MPN22) E16SPN22)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Solid state output kV – 2.5 –
(1.2/50) Relay output kV – 6
Switching frequency Solid state output Hz – 300 –
Relay output Hz – 20
Mechanical durability In millions of – 20
operating cycles

Presentation : Compatibility : Curves : References, dimensions : Schemes :

page 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13 pages 5/14 to 5/17

5/9
Curves Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

Curves for determining cable type and length according to the current
A
2,0 100

1,5 75

1,0
1 50

0,5 25

0,0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 m

1 Cables ABF T2ppppp c.s.a. 0.08 mm2 (AWG 28)

Temperature derating curves

ABE E11SRM20, ABE 7E16SRM20 ABE 7B20MR20
6 electromechanical relay outputs 2 solid state outputs

5A
2A

3A

2A

10 20 30 40 50 60 °C 10 20 30 40 50

100 % of channels used

50 % of channels used

Presentation : Compatibility : Characteristics : References, dimensions : Schemes :

page 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/12 and 5/13 pages 5/14 to 5/17

5/10
Curves (continued) Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

Electrical durability (in millions of operating cycles, conforming to IEC 60947-5-1)

ABE 7B20MRM20 and ABE 7E16SRM20
d.c. loads
DC 12 curves (1) DC 13 curves (2)

Millions of Millions of
operating cycles operating cycles
0,50 2,0
0,45 1,8
0,40 230V 1,6
0,35 110V 1,4 230V
0,30 1,2 110V
0,25 48V 1,0
0,20 0,8 48V
0,15 0,6 24V
0,10 0,4
0,05 0,2
0,00 0,0
0,25 0,50 0,75 1 1,25 1,50 1,75 2 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1
Current A Current A

a.c. loads
AC 12 curves (3) AC 14 curves (4)

Millions of Millions of
operating cycles operating cycles
1,50 1,0
0,9
1,25 24V 0,8 L/R = 10ms 48V
48V 0,7 L/R = 10ms 24V
1,00 0,6
110V 0,5
0,75 L/R = 60ms 48V
230V 0,4
0,50 0,3 L/R = 60ms 24V
0,2
0,25 0,1
0,00 0,0
0 0,5 1 1,5 2 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1
Current A Current A

AC 15 curves (5)

Millions of
operating cycles
1,0
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6 24V
0,5
0,4 48V
0,3
0,2
0,1
0,0
0 0,5 1 1,5 2
Current A

(1) DC 12: control of resistive loads and of solid state loads isolated by optocoupler, L/R ≤ 1 ms.
(2) DC 13: control of electromagnets, L/R ≤ 2 x (Ue x Ie) in ms, Ue: Rated operational voltage, Ie: rated operational current (with a protective diode on the load, DC12
curves must be used with a coef cient of 0.9 applied to the number in millions of operating cycles)
(3) AC 12: control of resistive loads and of solid state loads isolated by optocoupler, cos ϕ ≤ 0.9.
(4) AC 14: control of small electromagnetic loads ≤72 VA, make: cos ϕ = 0.3, break: cos ϕ = 0.3.
(5) AC 15: control of electromagnetic loads > 72 VA, make: cos ϕ = 0.7, break: cos ϕ = 0.4.

Presentation : Compatibility : Characteristics : References, dimensions : Schemes :

page 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/12 and 5/13 pages 5/14 to 5/17

5/11
References Connection interfaces 0

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

References
For Twido modular base controllers
Number Number, Number, Compati- LED Fuse Reference Weight
of I/O type of type of bility per
input output chan-
nel kg
20 12, sink 8, source TWD No No ABE 7B20MPN20 0.430
c 24 V c 24 V LMDA20DTK/
LMDA40DTK Yes Yes ABE 7B20MPN22 0.430

12, sink 2, source TWD No No ABE 7B20MRM20 0.430

c 24 V c 24 V, LMDA20DTK/
ABE 7B20MPN20 2A LMDA40DTK
and
6, relay
c 24/
a 250 V,
3A

For Twido extension modules

Number Type Compati- LED Fuse Reference Weight
of of bility per
inputs input chan-
nel kg
16 Sink TWD No No ABE 7E16EPN20 0.430
c 24 V DDI16DK/
DDI32DK

ABE 7E16EPN20 Number Type Compati- LED Fuse Reference Weight

of of bility per
outputs output chan-
nel kg
16 Source TWD No No ABE 7E16SPN20 0.450
c 24 V DDO16TK/
DDO32TK Yes Yes ABE 7E16SPN22 0.450

Relay TWD No No ABE 7E16SRM20 0.430

c 24/a 250 V, 3 A DDO16TK/
DDO32TK

Connection cables for Twido modular base controllers

ABE 7E16SRM20 Type of Compatibility Type of connection Gauge/ Length Reference Weight
signal Twido Telefast C.s.a. (1)
side ABE 7 side
AWG/
mm2 m kg
Discrete TWD HE 10 HE 10 28/ 0.5 ABF T26B050 0.080
inputs/ LMDA20DTK/ 26-way 26-way 0.08
outputs LMDA40DTK
1.0 ABF T26B100 0.110

2.0 ABF T26B200 0.180

TWD HE 10 HE 10 28/ 0.5 ABF T20E050 0.060

DDI16DK/ 20-way 20-way 0.08
DDI32DK/ 1.0 ABF T20E100 0.080
DDO16TK/
DDO32TK
2.0 ABF T20E200 0.140

Accessories
Description Number Characteristics Sold Unit Weight
of in reference
shunted lots of
terminals kg
Optional snap-on 20 – 5 ABE 7BV20 0.060
terminal blocks
12 + 8 – 5 ABE 7BV20TB 0.060

Quick-blow fuses – 0.125 A 10 ABE 7FU012 0.010

5 x 20, 250 V, UL 0.315 A 10 ABE 7FU030 0.010
1A 10 ABE 7FU100 0.010
2A 10 ABE 7FU200 0.010

(1) For lengths > 2 m, please contact us.

Presentation, description : Compatibility : Characteristics : Dimensions : Schemes :

pages 5/4 to 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 page 5/13 pages 5/14 to 14074/5

5/12
References (continued), Connection interfaces 0

dimensions Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Cables for connection sub-bases and
accessories for Twido controller

References (continued)
Separate components
Description Type Compatibility Reference Weight
kg
Connectors HE 10 female TWD TWD FCN2K26 –
(sold in lots of 5) 26-way LMDA20DTK/
LMDA40DTK
HE 10 female TWD TWD FCN2K20 –
20-way DDI16DK/
DDI32DK/
DDO16TK/
DDO32TK
Screw terminal blocks 10-way TWD TWD FBT2T10 –
(sold in lots of 2) DDIpDT/DAI8DT/
DDO8pT/DRApRT
11-way TWD TWD FTB2T11 –
DMM8DRT/
AMIppT/ARI8HT

Description Compatibility Type of connection Gauge/ Length Reference Weight

Twido Other C.s.a.
side end
AWG/mm2 m kg
Cables for TWD HE 10 Bare wires 22/ 3.0 TWD FCW30M 0.405
discrete I/O LMDA20DTK/ 26-way 0.035 5.0 TWD FCW50M 0.670
LMDA40DTK
TWD HE 10 Bare wires 22/ 3.0 TWD FCW30K 0.405
DDI16DK/ 20-way 0.035 5.0 TWD FCW50K 0.670
DDI32DK/
DDO16TK/
DDO32TK
Pre-formed 20 conductors – – 28/ 20.0 ABF C20R200 1.310
cable, rolled 0.08
Dimensions
ABE 7B20MPN20, ABE 7B20MPN22, ABE 7B20MRM20, ABE 7E16SPN22, ABE 7E16SRM20
Mounting on 35 mm 5 rail Screw fixing (retractable lugs)

113
130
41,5

83

93
13,5

(1)
2xØ4
62,5
67,5

(1) ABE 7BV20, ABE 7BV20TB.

ABE 7E16EPN20, ABE 7E16SPN20
Mounting on 35 mm 5 rail

106
24

49
13,5

(1)

60
64

(1) ABE 7BV20, ABE 7BV20TB.

Presentation, description : Compatibility : Characteristics : Dimensions : Schemes :

pages 5/4 to 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 page 5/13 pages 5/14 to 14074/5

5/13
Schemes Connection interfaces 2

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

ABE 7B20MPN20
HE10, 26-way
24 V-1
24 V-2

0 V-3
0 V-4

HE10 BJ1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
I0 26 25 Q0
I1 24 23 Q1
I2 22 21 Q2
I3 20 19 Q3
BJ2-14

BJ2-13

BJ2-12

BJ2-11

BJ2-22
BJ2-10
BJ2-21
BJ2-9
BJ2-20
BJ2-8
BJ2-19
BJ2-7
BJ2-18
BJ2-6
BJ2-17
BJ2-5
BJ2-16
BJ2-5
BJ2-15

BJ2-3
I4 18 17 Q4
I5 16 15 Q5
I6 14 13 Q6
I7 12 11 Q7
I8 10 9 + 24 V
I9 8 7 + 24 V
I10 6 5 + 24 V
I11 4 3 0V
BJ1-26

BJ1-24

BJ1-22

BJ1-20

BJ1-18

BJ1-16

BJ1-14

BJ1-12

BJ1-10

BJ1-8

BJ1-6

BJ1-4

BJ1-25

BJ1-23

BJ1-21

BJ1-19

BJ1-17

BJ1-15

BJ1-13

BJ1-11
0V 2 1 0V

BJ2
1

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24
0V +24V I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 0V +24V
BJ1
BJ3 BJ4
1

4
5
6

7
8
9

10

10
1

9
CI0 CI1 CI2 CI3 CI4 CI5 CI6 CI7 CI8 CI9 CI10 CI11 CQ0 CQ1 CQ2 CQ3CQ4 CQ5 CQ6 CQ7

(1) (1)

ABE 7B20MPN22
HE10, 26-way
24 V-1
24 V-2
0 V-3
0 V-4

HE10 BJ1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
I0 26 25 Q0
I1 24 23 Q1
I2 22 21 Q2
I3 20 19 Q3
I4 18 17 Q4
I5 16 15 Q5
I6 14 13 Q6
I7 12 11 Q7
I8 10 9 + 24 V
I9 8 7 + 24 V
BJ1-26

BJ1-25

BJ1-24

BJ1-23

BJ1-22

BJ1-21

BJ1-20

BJ1-19

BJ1-18

BJ1-17

BJ1-16

BJ1-15

BJ1-14

BJ1-13

BJ1-12

BJ1-11

BJ1-10

BJ1-8

BJ1-6

BJ1-4

I10 6 5 + 24 V
I11 4 3 0V
0V 2 1 0V

BJ1
BJ2-15

BJ2-16

BJ2-17

BJ2-18

BJ2-19

BJ2-20

BJ2-21

BJ2-10

BJ2-22

BJ2-11

BJ2-12

BJ2-13

BJ2-14
BJ2-3

BJ2-4

BJ2-5

BJ2-6

BJ2-7

BJ2-8

BJ2-9

BJ2
1

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22
23

24

0V +24V I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 0V +24V

BJ3 BJ4
8

10
7
4

6
2

5
6

8
1

9
10

CI0 CI1 CI2 CI3 CI4 CI5 CI6 CI7 CI8 CI9 CI10 CI11 CQ0 CQ1 CQ2 CQ3 CQ4 CQ5 CQ6 CQ7

(1) (1)

(1) Example of output connections.

When connecting an inductive load, include a diode or a varistor.

Presentation : Compatibility : Characteristics : Curves : References, dimensions :

page 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13

5/14
Schemes (continued) Connection interfaces 2

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

ABE 7B20MRM20
HE10, 26-way
24 V-1
24 V-2
0 V-3
0 V-4

HE10 BJ1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
I0 26 25 Q0
I1 24 23 Q1
I2 22 21 Q2
I3 20 19 Q3
BJ2-12

BJ2-11

BJ2-10

BJ2-9

BJ2-8

BJ2-7

BJ2-6

BJ2-5

BJ2-4

BJ2-3

BJ2-2

BJ2-1
I4 18 17 Q4
I5 16 15 Q5
I6 14 13 Q6
I7 12 11 Q7
I8 10 9 + 24 V
I9 8 7 + 24 V
I10 6 5 + 24 V

J1-21

J1-19

J1-17

J1-15

J1-13

J1-11
I11 4 3 0V
0V 2 1 0V

S1

BJ1
S0
– R2 – R3 – R4 – R5 – R6 – R7
BJ2-20

BJ2-17
BJ2-20

BJ2-18
BJ2-20

BJ2-19
BJ2-20

BJ2-22
BJ2-20

BJ2-23
BJ2-20

BJ2-24
BJ1-18

BJ1-16

BJ1-14

BJ1-12

BJ1-10
BJ1-26

BJ1-24

BJ1-22

BJ1-20

BJ1-8

BJ1-6

BJ1-4

24 V

0V

BJ2
1

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 +24V Q0 Q1 0V Q2 Q3 Q4 1 CQ Q5 Q6 Q7

BJ3 BJ4
4

10
1

10

CI0 CI1 CI2 CI3 CI4 CI5 CI6 CI7 CI8 CI9 CI10 CI11 CQ0 CQ1 CQ2 CQ3 CQ4 CQ5 CQ6 CQ7

(1) (1)

(1) Example of output connections.

When connecting an inductive load, include a diode or a varistor.

ABE 7E16EPN20
HE10, 20-way
24 V-1
24 V-2

0 V-3
0 V-4

HE10 BJ1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

I0 20 19 I8
I1 18 17 I9
I2 16 15 I10
BJ2-18
BJ2-10
BJ2-17
BJ2-9
BJ2-16
BJ2-8

BJ2-15
BJ2-7
BJ2-14
BJ2-6
BJ2-13
BJ2-5
BJ2-12
BJ2-4
BJ2-11
BJ2-3

I3 14 13 I11
I4 12 11 I12
I5 10 9 I13
I6 8 7 I14
I7 6 5 I15
0V 4 3 0V
NC 2 1 NC
BJ1-16

BJ1-14

BJ1-12

BJ1-10

BJ1-8

BJ1-6

BJ1-19

BJ1-17

BJ1-15

BJ1-13

BJ1-11

BJ1-9

BJ1-7

BJ1-5
BJ1-20

BJ1-18

BJ2
2
1

10

11

12

13
14

15
16

17

18

19

20
3

NC C I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 0V +24V BJ1

BJ3 BJ4
1
2

10

1
2

10

C C C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C C

Presentation : Compatibility : Characteristics : Curves : References, dimensions :

page 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13

5/15
Schemes (continued) Connection interfaces 2

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

ABE 7E16SPN20
HE10, 20-way
24 V-1
24 V-2

0 V-3
0 V-4

HE10 BJ1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Q0 20 19 Q8
Q1 18 17 Q9
Q2 16 15 Q10
BJ2-18
BJ2-10
BJ2-17
BJ2-9
BJ2-16
BJ2-8

BJ2-15
BJ2-7
BJ2-14
BJ2-6
BJ2-13
BJ2-5
BJ2-12
BJ2-4
BJ2-11
BJ2-3
Q3 14 13 Q11
Q4 12 11 Q12
Q5 10 9 Q13
Q6 8 7 Q14
Q7 6 5 Q15
+ 24 V 4 3 + 24 V
–0V 2 1 –0V
BJ1-16

BJ1-14

BJ1-12

BJ1-10

BJ1-8

BJ1-6

BJ1-19

BJ1-17

BJ1-15

BJ1-13

BJ1-11

BJ1-9

BJ1-7

BJ1-5
BJ1-20

BJ1-18

BJ2
2
1

10

11

12

13
14

15
16

17

18

19

20
3

NC C Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 0V +24V BJ1

BJ3 BJ4
1
2

10

1
2

10
C C C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C C

(1) (1)

ABE 7E16SPN22
HE10, 20-way
24 V-1
24 V-2
0 V-3
0 V-4

HE10 BJ1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Q0 20 19 Q8
Q1 18 17 Q9
Q2 16 15 Q10
Q3 14 13 Q11
Q4 12 11 Q12
Q5 10 9 Q13
Q6 8 7 Q14
Q7 6 5 Q15
+ 24 V 4 3 + 24 V
BJ1-20

BJ1-18

BJ1-16

BJ1-14

BJ1-12

BJ1-10

BJ1-8

BJ1-6

BJ1-19

BJ1-17

BJ1-15

BJ1-13

BJ1-11

BJ1-9

BJ1-7

BJ1-5

–0V 2 1 –0V

BJ1
BJ2-10

BJ2-11

BJ2-12

BJ2-13

BJ2-14

BJ2-15

BJ2-16

BJ2-17

BJ2-18
BJ2-3

BJ2-4

BJ2-5

BJ2-6

BJ2-7

BJ2-8

BJ2-9

BJ2
8
1
2

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20
11
10

0V +24V Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 0V +24V

BJ3 BJ4
1

10

1
2

5
6

7
8

10

NC NC NC NC
C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15

(1) (1)

(1) Example of output connections.

When connecting an inductive load, include a diode or a varistor.

Presentation : Compatibility : Characteristics : Curves : References, dimensions :

page 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13

5/16
Schemes (continued) Connection interfaces 2

Advantys Telefast ABE 7 pre-wired system

Connection sub-bases for Twido controller

ABE 7E16SRM20
HE10, 20-way
24 V-1

24 V-2

0 V-3

0 V-4

HE10 BJ1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Q0 20 19 Q8
Q1 18 17 Q9
Q2 16 15 Q10
Q3 14 13 Q11
Q4 12 11 Q12
Q5 10 9 Q13
Q6 8 7 Q14
Q7 Q15
BJ1-20

BJ1-18

BJ1-16

BJ1-14

BJ1-12

BJ1-10

BJ1-8

BJ1-6

BJ1-19

BJ1-17

BJ1-15

BJ1-13

BJ1-11

BJ1-9

BJ1-7

BJ1-5
6 5
+ 24 V 4 3 + 24 V
–0V 2 1 –0V

BJ1
BJ2-5

BJ2-1
BJ2-5

BJ2-2
BJ2-5

BJ2-3
BJ2-5

BJ2-4
BJ2-10

BJ2-6
BJ2-10

BJ2-7
BJ2-10

BJ2-8
BJ2-10

BJ2-9
BJ2-15

BJ2-11
BJ2-15

BJ2-12
BJ2-15

BJ2-13
BJ2-15

BJ2-14
BJ2-20

BJ2-16
BJ2-20

BJ2-17
BJ2-20

BJ2-18
BJ2-20

BJ2-19
BJ2
1

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19
20

Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 1 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 2 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 3 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 4

BJ3 BJ4
1

10

1
2
3

10

C0 C1 C2 C3 C C4 C5 C6 C7 C C8 C9 C10 C11 C C12 C13 C14 C15 C

(1) (1)

(1) Example of output connections.

When connecting an inductive load, include a diode or a varistor.

Presentation : Compatibility : Characteristics : Curves : References, dimensions :

page 5/6 page 5/7 pages 5/8 and 5/9 pages 5/10 and 5/11 pages 5/12 and 5/13

5/17
Selection guide Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Phaseo power supplies

Power supplies Regulated switch mode

Phaseo Modular range and Optimum range industrial power supplies

Input voltage 100...240 V a

120...250 V c (see pages 14080/3 and 14080/4)
Connection to United States Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection
world-wide line supplies - 120 V (in phase-to-neutral)
- 240 V (in phase-to-phase)
Europe Single-phase (N-L1) connection
- 230 V (in phase-to-neutral)
- 400 V (in phase-to-phase)
United States –
- 277 V (in phase-to-neutral)
- 480 V (in phase-to-phase)

IEC 61000-3-2 conformity Yes for ABL 7RP, not for ABL 8REM and not applicable for ABL 8MEM and ABL 7RM

Protection against undervoltage Yes

Protection against overloads and short-circuits Yes, voltage detection. Automatic restart on elimination on the fault

Diagnostic relay –

Compatibility with function modules –

Power reserve (Boost) 1,25 to 1,4 In during 1 minute, depending on model (with ABL 8MEM) No

Output voltage 5Vc 12 V c 24 V c 48 V c

Output current 0.3 A ABL 8MEM24003
(Modular)
0.6 A ABL 8MEM24006
(Modular)
1.2 A ABL 8MEM24012
(Modular)
2A ABL 8MEM12020
(Modular)
2.5 A ABL 7RM24025 ABL 7RP4803
(Modular) (Optimum)

3A ABL 8REM24030
(Optimum)
4A ABL 8MEM05040
(Modular)
4.8 A

5A ABL 7RP1205 ABL 8REM24050

(Optimum) (Optimum)
6A

10 A

20 A

40 A

Pages 5/25 5/25 (Modular) and 5/31 (Optimum) 5/31

5/18
 0

Regulated switch mode Regulated switch mode

Phaseo Universal range industrial power supplies Phaseo range AS-Interface for AS-Interface
cabling system

100...120 V a and 380...500 V a 24 V c 100...240 V

200...500 V a (1)
Single-phase (N-L1) or 2- – – Single-phase (N-L1) connection
phase (L1-L2) connection

3-phase (L1-L2-L3) – Single-phase (N-L1) connection

connection

3-phase (L1-L2-L3) – –
connection

Yes – No Yes

Yes – – Yes
Yes, current limitation or undervoltage detection Yes, current limitation Yes

Yes, depending on model –

Yes with buffer module, battery and battery control modules, redundancy module and discriminating –
downstream protection module
1,5 In during 4 secondes No No

24 V c 5Vc 7...12 V c 30 V c 24 V c

ABL 8DCC12020 (2)

ASI ABLB3002
ASI ABLD3002 (3)
ASI ABLM3024 (4)
ABL 8RPS24030 ASI ABLM3024 (4)

ASI ABLB3004
ASI ABLD3004 (3)
ABL 8RPS24050

ABL 8DCC05060 (2)

ABL 8RPS24100

ABL 8RPM24200 ABL 8WPS24200

ABL 8WPS24400

Please, consult our catalogue “Phaseo, Power supplies & transformers” 5/35
(1) Except ABL 8RPM24200. a 100...120 V and a 200...240 V.
(2) c/c converter module, requires to be associated with the Phaseo Universal range power supply.
(3) With earth fault detection.
(4) One output 30 V c and one output 24 V c ± 5 %.

5/19
Presentation, Power supplies and transformers 1

description 1
Power supplies for DC control circuits
Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Modular range

Switch mode power supplies: Modular range

a The ABL 8MEM/7RM power supply offer is designed to provide the DC voltage
c necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment consuming 7 to
60 W in 5, 12 and 24 V c. Comprising six products, this range meets the needs
encountered in industrial, commercial, and residential applications. These modular
electronic switch mode power supplies provide a quality of output current that is
suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with the Zelio Logic range. Clear
guidelines are given on selecting the upstream protection devices which are often
used with them, and thus a comprehensive solution is provided that can be used in
total safety.
ABL 8MEMppppp Zelio Logic The Modular range of Phaseo power supplies can be connected in phase-to-neutral
(N-L1) or in phase-to-phase (1) (L1-L2). They deliver a voltage that is precise to 3%,
whatever the load and whatever the type of line supply, within a range of 85 to
264 V a. Conforming to IEC standards and UL, CSA and TUV certified, they are
suitable for universal use. The inclusion of overload and short-circuit protection
makes downstream protection unnecessary if discrimination is not required.
Due to their low power, the Modular range of Phaseo power supplies consume very
little harmonic current and thus are not subject to the requirements of standard
61000-3-2 concerning harmonic pollution.
All the Modular range of Phaseo power supplies have protection devices to ensure
optimum performance of the automation system with an automatic reset mode on
elimination of the fault.
All products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer in order
to be able to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with long cable
runs.
These power supplies also have a cable run inside the unit so that the outputs can
be connected at the top or bottom of the product as required.
These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on 35 mm 5 rails, or on a
mounting plate using their retractable fixing lugs.

There are six references available in the Phaseo Modular range:

b ABL8MEM24003 7W 300 mA 24 V c
b ABL8MEM24006 15 W 600 mA 24 V c
b ABL8MEM24012 30 W 1.2 A 24 V c
b ABL7RM24025 60 W 2.5 A 24 V c
b ABL8MEM05040 20 W 4A 5Vc
b ABL8MEM12020 25 W 2A 12 V c

(1) 240 V a nominal.

Description
ABL 8MEMpppp ABL7RM24025

7 1 7 1 2

3 3

4 4

1 2.5 mm2 screw terminal for connection of the AC input voltage

2 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer
3 2.5 mm2 screw terminal for connection of the output voltage
4 LED indicating presence of the DC output voltage
5 Duct for throughwiring of the output voltage conductors at the bottom (except for
model ABL 7RM24025)
6 Clip-on marker label (except for model ABL 7RM24025)
7 Retractable fixing lugs for panel mounting

5/20
Characteristics 1
Power supplies and transformers 1

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Modular range

Technical characteristics
Power supply type ABL 8MEM24003 ABL 8MEM24006 ABL 8MEM24012 ABL 7RM24025
Certifications cULus 508, cCSAus (CSA22.2 n950-1), TUV 60950-1, e, C-Tick cULus CSA,
TUV 60950-1, e
Conformity to standards Safety IEC/EN 60950-1, SELV
EMC IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61204-3, EN 55022 Class B

Input circuit
LED indication No
Input values Nominal voltage V 100…240 a
Limit voltage V 85…264 a 85…264 a
120…250 c (1)
Current consumption A 0.25 (100 V a) 0.4 (100 V a) 0.65 (100 V a) 1.2 (120 V a)
0.18 (240 V a) 0.25 (240 V a) 0.4 (240 V a) 0.7 (240 V a)
Permissible frequencies Hz 47…63
Maximum inrush current A 20 90 for 1 ms
Power factor > 0.5

Efficiency at nominal load > 78% > 80% > 82% > 84%
Dissipated power at nominal W 2 3.8 6.6 11.4
load
Output circuit
LED indication Green LED
Nominal output values Voltage (UOut) V 24 c
Current A 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.5
Power W 7 15 30 60
Precision Output voltage V Adjustable from 22.8 to 28.8
Line and load regulation ± 3%
Residual ripple - noise mV 250 200
Holding time UIn = 100 V a ms u 10
for I max. UIn = 230 V a ms u 150
Protection Against short-circuits Permanent
Against undervoltages V – < 19
Thermal Yes –
Operating and environmental characteristics
Connections Input mm2 2 x 0.14…2.5 screw terminals (26…14 AWG)
Output mm2 2 x 0.14…2.5 screw terminals 4 x 0.14…2.5 screw terminals
(26…14 AWG) (26…14 AWG)
Mounting On 5 rail, 35 x 7.5 mm and 35 x 15 mm or on panel (2 x Ø 4 mm)
Operating position On vertical plane Vertical
Connections Series Possible, see page 5/23
Parallel Possible, see page 5/23
Environment Operating temperature °C - 25…+ 70 (derating from 55°C, see page 5/23) - 25…+ 55
Storage temperature °C - 40…+ 70
Relative humidity 90% during operation
95% in storage
Degree of protection IP 20 conforming to IEC 60529
Vibration acc. to EN 61131-2 3...11.9 Hz amplitude 3.5 mm and 11.9 -150 Hz acceleration 2 g
Protection class according to VDE 0106 1 Class II
Dielectric strength Input/output V 3000 a
50 Hz for 1 min rms
Input fuse incorporated Yes (not interchangeable)
Emissions EN 50081-1 (generic)
according to EN 61000-6-3 Radiation EN 55022 Class B
Conducted on the power line EN 55022 Class B
Harmonic currents IEC/EN 61000-3-2
Immunity IEC 61000-6-2 (generic)
according to EN 61000-6-2 Electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 (6 kV contact/8 kV air) IEC/EN 61000-4-2
(4 kV contact/8 kV air)
Radiated electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3 (10 V/m)
Induced electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3 (10 V/m)
Rapid transients IEC/EN 61000-4-4 (4 kV)
Surges IEC/EN 61000-4-5 (1 kV)
Primary outages IEC/EN 61000-4-11 (voltage dips and interruptions)

(1) The certi cations cULus 508, cCSAus, TUV 60950-1 are not valid for DC input voltages.

Presentation: References: Dimensions: Schemes:

page 5/20 page 5/25 page 5/25 page 5/25

5/21
Characteristics (continued) 1
Power supplies and transformers 1

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Modular range

Technical characteristics
Power supply type ABL 8MEM05040 ABL 8MEM12020
Certifications cULus 508, cCSAus (CSA22.2 n950-1), TUV EN 60950-1, e, C-Tick
Conformity to standards Safety IEC/EN 60950-1, SELV
EMC IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61204-3, EN 55022 Class B

Input circuit
LED indication No
Input values Nominal voltage V 100…240 a
Limit voltage V 85…264 V a
120…250 V c (1)
Current consumption A 0.55 (100 V a) 0.6 (100 V a)
0.35 (240 V a) 0.35 (240 V a)
Permissible frequencies Hz 47…63
Maximum inrush current A 20
Power factor > 0.5
Efficiency at nominal load > 75% > 80%
Dissipated power at nominal W 6.7 6.2
load
Output circuit
LED indication Green LED
Nominal output values Voltage (UOut) V 5c 12...15 c
Current A 4 2.1
Power W 20 25
Precision Output voltage V Adjustable from 4.75 to 6.25 Adjustable from 11.4 to 15
Line and load regulation ± 3%
Residual ripple - noise mV 250
Holding time UIn min ms u 10
for I max
Protection Against short-circuits Permanent
Against undervoltages –
Thermal –

Operating and environmental characteristics

Connections Input mm2 2 x 0.14…2.5 screw terminals (26…14 AWG)
Output mm2 4 x 0.14…2.5 screw terminals (26…14 AWG)
Mounting On 5 rail, 35 x 7.5 mm and 35 x 15 mm or on panel (2 x Ø 4 mm)
Operating position On vertical plane Vertical
Connections Series Possible, see page 5/23
Parallel Possible, see page 5/23
Environment Operating temperature °C - 25…+ 70 (derating from 55°C, see page 5/23)
Storage temperature °C - 40…+ 70
Maximum relative humidity 90% during operation
95% in storage
Degree of protection IP 20 conforming to IEC 60529
Vibration 3...11.9 Hz amplitude 3.5 mm and 11.9 -150 Hz acceleration 2 g
Protection class according to VDE 0106 1 Class II
Dielectric strength Input/output V 3000 a
50 Hz for 1 min rms
Input fuse incorporated Yes (not interchangeable)
Emissions EN 50081-1 (generic)
according to EN 61000-6-3 Radiation EN 55022 Class B
Conducted on the power line EN 55022 Class B
Harmonic currents IEC/EN 61000-3-2
Immunity IEC 61000-6-2 (generic)
according to EN 61000-6-2 Electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 (6 kV contact/8 kV air)
Radiated electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3 (10 V/m)
Induced electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3 (10 V/m)
Rapid transients IEC/EN 61000-4-4 (4 kV)
Surges IEC/EN 61000-4-5 (1 kV)
Primary outages IEC/EN 61000-4-11 (voltage dips and interruptions)

(1) The certi cations cULus 508, cCSAus, TUV 60950-1 are not valid for DC input voltages.

Description: References: Dimensions: Schemes:

page 5/20 page 5/25 page 5/25 page 5/25

5/22
Output characteristics 1
Power supplies and transformers 1

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Modular range

Output characteristics
Behavior in the event of short-circuits and overloads
Phaseo power supplies are equipped with an electronic protection device.

In the event of an overload or short-circuit, the integrated protection interrupts the

current supply before the output voltage drops below 19 V.
The output voltage reverts to its nominal value on elimination of the fault, which
avoids having to take any action.

Derating
The ambient temperature is a determining factor that limits the power an electronic
power supply can deliver continuously. If the temperature around the electronic
components is too high, their life will be significantly reduced.

The nominal ambient temperature for the Modular range of Phaseo power supplies
is 55°C. Above this temperature, derating is necessary up to a maximum
temperature of 70°C (except for the ABL 7RM24025 model).

The graph below shows the power as a percentage of the nominal power that the
power supply can deliver continuously, depending on the ambient temperature.

P/Pn (%)
100 %

1 2

30 %

- 25 -5 15 35 55 70 75
Maximum operating temperature (°C)

1 With an ABL 7RM24025

2 With an ABL 8MEMppppp

Temporary overloads
The ABL 8MEMpppp Modular range of power supplies have an energy reserve that
can be used to supply the application with 125% to 140% of the nominal output
current for a maximum of 1 minute, depending on the model.

Series or parallel connection

Series connection Parallel connection

ABL 7RM ABL 7RM ABL 7RM ABL 7RM

ABL 8MEM ABL 8MEM ABL 8MEM ABL 8MEM
+

(1) (1)

2 x 24 V c/I out 24 V c/2 x I out

(1) Two Shottky diodes Imin = power supply In and Vmin = 50 V

Family Series Parallel
ABL 7RM/8MEM 2 products max. 2 products max.
Note: Series or parallel connection is only recommended for products with identical references.

Description: References: Dimensions: Schemes:

page 5/20 page 5/25 page 5/25 page 5/25

5/23
Combinations, Power supplies and transformers 1

schemes 1
Power supplies for DC control circuits
Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Modular range

Selection of protection for the power supply primary

Type of line supply 100 to 240 V a single-phase
Type of protection Thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker gG fuse
GB2 (IEC) (1) C60N (IEC)
C60N (UL/CSA)
ABL 8MEM05040 GB2 pp07 (2) 24581 2A
ABL 8MEM12020 24517
ABL 8MEM24003
ABL 8MEM24006
ABL 8MEM24012
ABL 7RM24025 GB2 pp08 (2) 24582 3A
24518
(1) UL pending
(2) Complete the reference by replacing pp as required:
- CB for single-pole circuit-breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In
- CD for single-pole + neutral circuit-breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In
- DB for 2-pole circuit-breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In
- CS for single-pole circuit-breaker with magnetic trip threshold 5 to 7 In

Circuit-breaker schemes
GB2 CBpp GB2 CDpp GB2 DBpp GB2 CSpp
3/L2 (13)

1/L1

3/L2
1/L1

1/L1
1/L1
4/T2 (14)
2/T1

2/T1
2/T1

4/T2
2/T1

Description: Characteristics:
page 5/20 pages 5/21 to 5/23

5/24
References, Power supplies and transformers 1

dimensions, Power supplies for DC control circuits

internal schemes 1
Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Modular range

Regulated switch mode power supplies: Phaseo Modular range

Input voltage Secondary Reset Conforming Reference Weight
Output Nominal Nominal to standard kg
voltage power current EN 61000-3-2
(1)
Single-phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2) connection
100…240 V 5Vc 20 W 4A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM05040 0.195
-15%, + 10%
50/60 Hz
12 V c 25 W 2A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM12020 0.195
ABL 8MEM05040/12020/24012

24 V c 7W 0.3 A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM24003 0.100

15 W 0.6 A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM24006 0.100

30 W 1.2 A Automatic Not applicable ABL 8MEM24012 0.195

60 W 2.5 Automatic Not applicable ABL 7RM24025 0.255

ABL 8MEM24003/24006

Designation Use Sold in packs Unit reference Weight

of kg
Clip-on marker Replacement parts for ABL 8MEM power supplies 100 LAD 90 0.030
labels

ABL 7RM24025

(1) Due to their power < 75 W, the ABL 8MEM/7RM Modular range of power supplies is not
subject to the requirements of standard EN 61000-3-2.

Dimensions
ABL 8MEMppppp/ABL 7RM24025 power supply a a1
ABL 8MEM05040 54 42
ABL 8MEM12020 54 42
ABL 8MEM24003 36 24
ABL 8MEM24006 36 24
ABL 8MEM24012 54 42
ABL 7RM24025 72 60
110
100
90

44 4 a1
59 a

Internal schemes
ABL 8MEM2400p ABL 8MEM05040/8MEM12020/8MEM24012/7RM24025
+
+
–
–
L

N
+

–
L

Description: Characteristics:
page 5/20 pages 5/21 to 5/23

5/25
Presentation, Power supplies and transformers 0

description Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Optimum range

a
Switch mode power supplies: Optimum range
The ABL 8REM/7RP power supply offer is designed to provide the DC voltage
necessary for the control circuits of automation system equipment consuming 60 to
144 W in 12, 24 and 48 V c. Comprising four products, this range meets the needs
encountered in industrial, commercial, and residential applications. With
phase-to-neutral (N-L1) or phase-to-phase (1) (L1-L2) connection, these slim
electronic switch mode power supplies provide a quality of output current that is
suitable for the loads supplied and compatible with both the Twido range and the
c Twido
smallest Modicon M340 configurations, making them ideal partners. Their simplified
characteristics in comparison with the Universal offer also make them the low-cost
ABL 8REM24030 solution for applications less affected by problems with the line supply, such as
harmonic pollution and outages. Clear guidelines are given on selecting the
upstream protection devices which are often used with them, and thus a
comprehensive solution is provided that can be used in total safety.

The Optimum range of Phaseo power supplies delivers a voltage that is precise to
3%, whatever the load and whatever the type of line supply, within a range of 85 to
264 V a. Conforming to IEC standards and UL, CSA and TUV certified, they are
suitable for universal use. The inclusion of overload and short-circuit protection
makes downstream protection unnecessary if discrimination is not required.

ABL 8REM power supplies do not have an anti-harmonic filter and do not satisfy the
requirements of standard 61000-3-2 concerning harmonic pollution. ABL 7RP power
supplies, however, are equipped with a PFC (Power Factor Correction) filter, thus
ensuring compliance with standard 61000-3-2.

All the Optimum range of Phaseo power supplies have protection devices to ensure
optimum performance of the automation system with an automatic reset mode on
elimination of the fault.
In the event of an overload or short-circuit, the integrated protection interrupts the
current supply before the output voltage drops below 19 V c. The protection device
resets itself automatically on elimination of the fault, which avoids having to take any
action or change a fuse.

All products are equipped with an output voltage adjustment potentiometer in order
to be able to compensate for any line voltage drops in installations with long cable
runs.
These power supplies are designed for direct mounting on 35 and 75 mm 5 rails.

There are four references available in the Optimum range of Phaseo power supplies:
b ABL 8REM24030 72 W 3A 24 V c
b ABL 8REM24050 120 W 5A 24 V c
b ABL 7RP1205 60 W 5A 12 V c
b ABL 7RP4803 144 W 3A 48 V c

Description
1 2.5 mm2 enclosed screw terminals for connection of the input voltage
(single-phase N-L1, phase-to-phase L1-L2 (1))
2 Protective glass flap
1 3 Input voltage status LED (orange).
4 Output DC voltage status LED (green).
5 Locking catch for the glass flap (sealable)
6 Clip-on marker label.
7 Output voltage adjustment potentiometer
2 8 2.5 mm2 enclosed screw terminal block for connection of the DC output voltage
3
4
5
6

8
(1) 240 V a nominal

Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Schemes:

pages 5/27 to 5/29 page 5/31 page 5/31 page 5/31

5/26
Characteristics Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Optimum range

Technical characteristics
Type of power supply ABL 7RP1205 ABL 7RP4803 ABL 8REM24030 ABL 8REM24050
Certifications cULus 508, cCSAus (CSA22.2 n950-1), TUV 60950-1, e, C-Tick
Conformity to Safety IEC/EN 60950, IEC/EN 61496-1-2, SELV IEC/EN 60950, SELV
standards EMC EN 50081-1, IEC 61000-6-2 (EN 50082-2)
Input circuit
LED indication Orange LED
Input values Nominal voltage V 100…240 a 100…240 a
compatible with 110…220 c (1) compatible with 110…220 c (1)
Limit voltage V 85…264 a 85…264 a single-phase
compatible with 100…250 c (1) compatible with 100…250 c (1)
Current UIn = 240 V a A 0.4 0.6 0.83 1.2
consumption A 0.8 1 1.46 1.9
UIn = 100 V a
Permissible frequencies Hz 47…63
Maximum inrush current A 30
Power factor 0.98 approx. 0.65 approx.
Efficiency at nominal load > 85%
Dissipated power at nominal load W 10.6 25.4 12.7 21.2

Output circuit
LED indication Green LED
Nominal output values Voltage (UOut) V 12 c 48 c 24 c
Current A 5 3 3 5
Power W 60 144 72 120
Precision Output voltage V Adjustable from 100…120% voltage (Uout)
Line and load regulation ± 3%
Residual ripple - noise mV < 200 (peak-peak)
Holding time for I max UIn = 240 V a ms u 20 u 10
UIn = 100 V a ms u 20 u 10
Protection Against short-circuits Permanent/automatic or manual restart Permanent/automatic restart
Against overloads 1.1 In
Against overvoltages Tripping if UOut > 1.5 Un
Against undervoltages Tripping if UOut < 0.8 Un

Operating and environmental characteristics

Connections Input mm2 2 x 0.14…2.5 screw terminals (26…14 AWG) + ground
Output mm2 2 x 0.14…2.5 screw terminals (26…14 AWG) + ground, multiple output, depending on
model
Mounting On 5 rail , 35 x 7.5 mm, 35 x 15 mm and 75 x 7.5 mm
Operating position On vertical plane Vertical
Connections Series Possible, see page 5/29
Parallel Possible, see page 5/29
Degree of protection IP 20 conforming to IEC 60529
Environment Operating temperature °C 0… + 60 (derating from 50°C, see page 5/28)
Storage temperature °C - 25...+ 70
Maximum relative humidity 95% without condensation or dripping water
Vibration acc. to EN 61131-2 3...11.9 Hz amplitude 3.5 mm and 11.9 -150 Hz acceleration 2 g
Protection class according to VDE 0106 1 Class I
Dielectric strength Input/output V rms 3000
50 and 60 Hz for 1 min Input/ground V rms 3000
Output/ground (and output/output) V rms 500
Input fuse incorporated Yes (not interchangeable)
Emissions EN 50081-1 (generic)
according to EN Conducted/radiated EN 55011/EN 55022 cl. B
61000-6-3
Immunity IEC 61000-6-2 (generic)
according to Electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 (6 kV contact/8 kV air)
EN 61000-6-2
Radiated electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3 (10 V/m)
Induced electromagnetic fields IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3 (10 V/m)
Rapid transients EN 61000-4-4 level 3 (2 kV)
Surges IEC/EN 61000-4-5 (2 kV)
Primary outages IEC/EN 61000-4-11 (voltage dips and interruptions)

(1) The certi cations cULus 508, cCSAus (CSA22.2 n950-1) and TUV 60950-1 are not valid for
DC input voltages.

References: Dimensions: Schemes:

page 5/31 page 5/31 page 5/31

5/27
Output characteristics Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Optimum range

Output characteristics
Derating
The ambient temperature is a determining factor that limits the power an electronic
power supply can deliver continuously. If the temperature around the electronic
components is too high, their life will be significantly reduced.

The nominal ambient temperature for the Optimum range of Phaseo power supplies
is 50 °C. Above this temperature, derating is necessary up to a maximum
temperature of 60 °C.

The graph below shows the power as a percentage of the nominal power that the
power supply can deliver continuously, depending on the ambient temperature.

P/Pn (%)
140

120

100

80
1
60
50
40

20

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Maximum operating temperature (°C)

1 ABL 8REM, ABL 7RP mounted vertically

Derating should be considered in extreme operating conditions:

v Intensive operation (output current permanently close to the nominal current,
combined with a high ambient temperature)
v Output voltage set above 24 V c (to compensate for line voltage drops, for
example)
v Parallel connection to increase the total power

General rules to be complied with

Intensive operation See derating on above graph.
Example for ABL 8REM:
- Without derating, from 0°C to 50°C
- Derating of nominal current by 2%, per additional °C, up to 60°C
Rise in output The nominal power is fixed.
voltage Increasing the output voltage means that the current delivered must be
reduced.
Parallel connection The total power is equal to the sum of the power supplies used, but the
to increase the total maximum ambient temperature for operation is 50°C.
power To improve heat dissipation, the power supplies must not be in contact
with each other.

In all cases, there must be adequate convection around the products to assist
cooling. There must be sufficient clearance around the Optimum range of Phaseo
power supplies:
v 50 mm above and below
v 15 mm on the sides

Description: References: Dimensions: Schemes:

page 5/26 page 5/31 page 5/31 page 5/31

5/28
Output characteristics Power supplies and transformers 0

(continued) Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Optimum range

Output characteristics (continued)

Load limit Temporary overloads
ABL 8REM240pp/ABL 7RPpppp ABL 8REM/ABL 7RP

U out
T (ms) I out
20
I out:(0...100 %)
c 24 V 18

16
c 19 V
14

12

10

0
In 1,1 x In I out 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6 1,7 1,8
x In

Series or parallel connection

Series connection Parallel connection

ABL 7RM ABL 7RM ABL 7RM ABL 7RM

ABL 8MEM ABL 8MEM ABL 8MEM ABL 8MEM
+

+
+

(1) (1)

2 x 24 V c/I out 24 V c/2 x I out

Family Series Parallel

ABL 8REM/7RP 2 products max. 2 products max.
(1) Two Shottky diodes Imin = power supply In and Vmin = 50 V
Note: Series or parallel connection is only recommended for products with identical references.

Description: References: Dimensions: Schemes:

page 5/26 page 5/31 page 5/31 page 5/31

5/29
Combinations, Power supplies and transformers 0

schemes Power supplies for DC control circuits

Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Optimum range

Selection of protection for the power supply primary

Type of line supply 100 V a 240 V a
Type of protection Thermal-magnetic gG fuse Thermal-magnetic gG fuse
circuit-breaker circuit-breaker
GB2 (IEC) (1) C60N (IEC) GB2 (IEC) (1) C60N (IEC)
C60N (UL) C60N (UL)
ABL 7RP1205 GB2 pp06 (2) 24580 2A GB2 pp06 (2) 24580 1A
24516 24516
ABL 8REM24030 GB2 pp07 (2) 24581 2A GB2 pp06 (2) 24580 1A
24517 24516
ABL 8REM24050 GB2 pp07 (2) 24581 2A GB2 pp06 (2) 24580 1A
24517 24516
ABL 7RP4803 GB2 pp07 (2) 24581 2A GB2 pp06 (2) 24580 1A
24517 24516

(1) UL pending
(2) Complete the reference by replacing pp with:
- CB for single-pole circuit-breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In
- CD for single-pole + neutral circuit-breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In
- DB for 2-pole circuit-breaker with magnetic trip threshold 12 to 16 In
- CS for single-pole circuit-breaker with magnetic trip threshold 5 to 7 In

Schemes for GB2 pp0p thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

GB2 CBpp GB2 CDpp GB2 DBpp GB2 CSpp
3/L2 (13)

1/L1

3/L2
1/L1

1/L1
1/L1
4/T2 (14)
2/T1

2/T1
2/T1

4/T2
2/T1

Description: Characteristics: References: Dimensions: Schemes:

page 5/26 pages 5/27 to 5/29 page 5/31 page 5/31 page 5/31

5/30
References, Power supplies and transformers 0

dimensions, Power supplies for DC control circuits

internal schemes Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo Optimum range

Regulated switch mode power supplies: Phaseo Optimum range

Input voltage Secondary Reset Conforming Reference Weight
Output Nominal Nominal to standard
voltage power current EN 61000-3-2 kg
Single-phase (N-L1) or phase-to-phase (L1-L2) connection
100...240 V a 12 V c 60 W 5A Automatic or Yes ABL 7RP1205 1.000
- 15%, + 10% manual
50/60 Hz

24 V c 72 W 3A Automatic No ABL 8REM24030 0.520

ABL 7RP1205/4803
120 W 5A Automatic No ABL 8REM24050 1.000

48 V c 144 W 2.5 A Automatic or Yes ABL 7RP4803 1.000

manual

ABL 8REM24030

ABL 8REM24050
Dimensions
ABL 7RPpppp ABL 8REM24030 ABL 7RP1205/4803 ABL 8REM24050
Common side view
Mounted on 35 and 75 mm rails
120
120

120

120 27 54 54

Internal schemes
ABL 7RP1205/48030 ABL 8REM24030 ABL 8REM24050
N
L
N

L
L/+
N/

Filter
+

+
+
–

+
–

Description: Characteristics:
page 5/26 pages 5/27 to 5/29

5/31
Presentation Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for control circuits for

AS-Interface cabling system
Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo AS-Interface range

Power supplies for AS-Interface cabling system

Consistent with the standard Phaseo line, the range of ASI ABL power supplies is
designed to deliver a c voltage, as required by AS-Interface cabling systems. Three
versions are available to meet all needs encountered in industrial applications, in
enclosures, cells or floor-standing enclosures. These single-phase, electronic,
switch mode power supplies guarantee the quality of the output current, in
accordance with the electrical characteristics and conforming to standard EN 50295.

ASI ABLB300p
Operating on a 100 to 240 V a supply, this power supply delivers a voltage of
30 V c. Available in 2.4 and 4.8 A ratings, the outgoing terminal block allows the
cable to be connected separately to the
AS-Interface interface modules and to the AS-Interface master. Input and output
LEDs allow fast and continuous diagnostics.

ASI ABLB3002

ASI ABLD300p
Operating on a 100 to 240 V a supply, this power supply delivers a voltage of
30 V c. Available in 2.4 and 4.8 A ratings, it allows diagnosis and management of
earth faults on AS-Interface interface modules. In the event of an earth fault, the
Phaseo power supply stops dialogue on the AS-Interface cabling system and puts
the installation in a fallback condition. Restarting is only possible after deliberate
acknowledgement of the fault. Two inputs/outputs enable dialogue with a processing
unit. The outgoing terminal block is used to connect the AS-Interface cable
separately to the interface modules and master modules. Input, output and earth fault
LED’s allow fast and continuous diagnostics.

d Warning:
b The earth (GND) (1) connection must be made. In the event of disconnection, the
built-in detector becomes inoperative. To obtain earth connection diagnostics, it is
ASI ABLD3004
recommended that an ASI ABLB300p power supply be used together with insulation
relay RMO PAS 101.

ASI ABLM3024
Operating on a 100 to 240 V a supply, this product provides two separate power
supplies, which are totally independent in the way they operate.
Two output voltages - 30 V/2.4 A (AS-Interface line supply) and 24 V/3 A - are
available, so making it possible to supply the control equipment without an additional
power supply. Input and output LEDs allow fast and continuous diagnostics.

ASI ABLM3024
(1) Compulsory connection.

Characteristics : References : Dimensions :

page 5/33 page 5/35 page 5/35

5/32
Characteristics Power supplies and transformers 0

Power supplies for control circuits for

AS-Interface cabling system
Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo AS-Interface range

Technical characteristics
Type of power supply ASI ABLB3002 ASI ABLB3004 ASI ABLD3002 ASI ABLD3004 ASI ABLM3024
Functions Supply to the AS-Interface line (30 V c) 30 V c 24 V c
supply supply
Product certifications UL 508, CSA 22-2 n° 950, TÜV 60950-1
Conforming to standards Safety EN 60950-1
EMC EN 50081-1, IEC 61000-6-2, EN 55022 class B
Low frequency No
harmonic currents
Input circuit
LED indication Orange LED
Input voltage Rated values V a 100…240
Permissible values V a 85…264
Current consumption A 0.5 1 0.5 1
Permissible frequencies Hz 47…63
Current at switch-on A < 30
Power factor 0.65
Efficiency at nominal load % > 83 > 83 > 80
Dissipated power at nominal W 14.7 29.5 14.7 29.5 14.7 36
load
Output circuit
LED indication Green LED
Nominal output values Voltage (Uout) V 30 (AS-Interface) c 30 c 24
Current A 2.4 4.8 2.4 4.8 2.4 3
Power W 72 144 72 144 72 72
Precision Adjustable output voltage V – – 100 to
120 %
Line and load regulation 3%
Residual ripple - noise mV 300 - 50
Holding time Uin min ms u 10
for I max
Protection Against short-circuit Permanent. Automatic restart after elimination of the fault
Against overload 1.1 In
Against overvoltage Tripping if U > 1.2 Un U> U>
1.2 Un 1.5 Un
Against undervoltage Tripping if U < 0.95 Un U< U<
0.95 Un 0.8 Un

Operating characteristics
Connections Input mm2 2 x 2.5 screw terminals + earth
Output mm2 2 x 2.5 screw terminals + earth, multiple output
Environment Operating temperature °C 0 to + 60 (derating from 50, see page 5/34)
Storage temperature °C - 25 to + 70
Maximum relative humidity 95 % (without condensation or dripping water)
Degree of protection IP 20 (conforming to IEC 529)
Vibrations EN 61131-2
Operating position Vertical
MTBF h > 100000 (conforming to Bell core, at 40 °C)
Dielectric strength 50 Hz Input/output V rms 3000
during 1 min Input/earth V rms 3000
Output/earth (and output/output) V rms 500
Input fuse incorporated Yes (not interchangeable)

Emission Conducted/radiated Class B (conforming to EN 55022)

according to EN 61000-6-3
Immunity Electrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 (4 kV contact/8 kV air)
according to EN 61000-6-2 Radiated lectromagnetic field EN 61000-4-3 level 3 (10 V/m)
Induced electromagnetic field EN 61000-4-6 (10 V/m)
Rapid transients EN 61000-4-4 level 3 (2 kV),
Primary outages EN 61000-4-11 (voltage dips and interruptions)

Presentation : References : Dimensions :

page 5/32 page 5/35 page 5/35

5/33
Characteristics, Power supplies and transformers 0

selection Power supplies for control circuits for

AS-Interface cabling system
Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo AS-Interface range

Output characteristics
Derating
The ambient temperature is a determining factor which limits the power that an
electronic power supply can deliver continuously. If the temperature around the
electronic components is too high, their life will be significantly reduced.
The graph below shows the power (in relation to the nominal power) which the power
supply can deliver continuously, according to the ambient temperature.
P/Pn (%) 140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Maximum operating temperature (°C)

Selection
Upstream protection of power supplies for AS-Interface cabling system
Type of a 115 V single-phase a 230 V single-phase
mains supply
Type of Thermal-magnetic Gg Thermal-magnetic Gg
protection circuit-breaker fuse circuit-breaker fuse
Single-pole GB2 CBpp
2-pole GB2 DBpp C60N GB2 DBpp C60N
ASI ABLB3002 GB2 pB07 MG24517 (1) 2A GB2 DB06 MG24516 (1) 2A
ASI ABLB3004 GB2 pB08 MG24518 (1) 4A GB2 DB07 MG17453 (1) 2A
ASI ABLD3002 GB2 pB07 MG24517 (1) 2A GB2 DB06 MG24516 (1) 2A
ASI ABLD3004 GB2 pB08 MG24518 (1) 4A GB2 DB07 MG17453 (1) 2A
ASI ABLM3024 GB2 pB07 MG24517 (1) 2A GB2 DB06 MG17453 (1) 2A
(1) UL certi ed circuit-breaker.
Function diagram
10 5 1 ON/OFF DDT

2 Supply
N L + 1 2 AS-i + AS-i –, and GND (4)
AS-i +

6 8
7 24 V 9 AS-i –
(1)
AS-i : 2,4 A 1 3 Reset
or (1)
4
3 10 Reset

(1)
4 Test
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
5 Fault

6
7 AS-i
AS-i + AS-i GND AS-i + AS-i GND
8 Fault +
9 Fault –
2
OFF
ON
Input at state 0 or contact open
Input at state 1 or contact closed

LED off
LED on

(1) 30 ms min.
(2) 15 ms.
(3) 20 ms.
(4) Warning: the earth fault detector will only operate if the earth (GND) terminal is connected.

Presentation : Characteristics : References : Dimensions :

page 5/32 page 5/33 page 5/35 page 5/35

5/34
References, Power supplies and transformers 0

dimensions, Power supplies for control circuits for

schemes AS-Interface cabling system
Regulated switch mode power supplies
Phaseo AS-Interface range

Phaseo AS-Interface range regulated switch mode power supplies

Input voltageSecondary Auto-protect Earth fault Reference Weight
Output Nominal Nominal reset detection
voltage power current kg
Single phase (N-L1) or 2-phase (L1-L2)
a 100…240 V c 30 V 72 W 2,4 A Auto No ASI ABLB3002 0.800
- 15 %, + 10 %
50/60 Hz 144 W 4,8 A Auto No ASI ABLB3004 1.300

72 W 2,4 A Auto Yes ASI ABLD3002 0.800

144 W 4,8 A Auto Yes ASI ABLD3004 1.300

c 30 V 72 W 2,4 A Auto No ASI ABLM3024 1.300

c 24 V 72 W 3A

ASI ABLp3002

Dimensions
Common side view ASI ABLB3002 ASI ABLB3004 / ABLD3004
Mounting on 5 35 et 75 mm railc ASI ABLD3002 ASI ABLM3024
120

120
120 54 81

Schemes
ASI ABLB300p ASI ABLD300p ASI ABLM3024
+

L
N
L

2
N
L

Set

Fault
detector

Filter Filter ON/ Filter

OFF
AS-i +

AS-i +

AS-i +

AS-i +
AS-i +

AS-i +

GND

GND
GND

GND

GND

GND
AS-i

AS-i

AS-i

AS-i
AS-i

AS-i

24 V

Presentation : Characteristics :
page 5/32 page 5/33

5/35
 Selection guide 1
Operator dialogue terminals 1

Magelis compact display units and terminals

Applications Display of text messages

Type of unit Compact display units

Display Type Back-lit green LCD,

height 5.5 mm
or
Back-lit green, orange or red LCD,
height 4.34…17.36 mm

Capacity 2 lines of 20 characters or

1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters

Data entry Via keypad with

8 keys (4 customisable)

5 Memory capacity Application 512 kB Flash

Expansion by PCMCIA type II –

Functions Maximum number of pages 128/200 application pages

256 alarm pages
Variables per page 40…50
Representation of variables Alphanumeric
Recipes –
Curves –
Alarm logs Depending on model
Real-time clock Access to the PLC real-time clock
Alarm relay –
5.3
Communication Asynchronous serial link RS 232C/RS 485
Downloadable protocols Uni-TE, Modbus and for PLC brands:
Allen-Bradley, Omron, Mitsubishi, Siemens
Printer link RS 232C serial link (1)

Development software Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)
Operating system Magelis

Terminal type XBT N

Page Please, consut our catalogue “Human/Machine interfaces”

(1) Depending on model.

5/36
 1
1

Display of text messages Display of text messages and/or semi-graphics

Control and parametering of data Control and parametering of data

Compact graphic terminals with keypad Touchscreen compact terminals and with keypad

Back-lit green, orange or red LCD, Back-lit green matrix LCD (198 x 80 pixels),
height 4.34…17.36 mm height 4…16 mm

1 to 4 lines of 5 to 20 characters 2 to 10 lines of 5 to 33 characters

Via keypad with Via keypad with Via touchscreen and keypad with
12 function keys or numeric entry (depending on context) 4 function keys 10 function keys
+ 8 service keys 8 service keys 2 service keys

512 kB Flash 512 kB Flash EPROM 5

– –

128/200 application pages 200 application pages

256 alarm pages 256 alarm pages
40…50 50
Alphanumeric Alphanumeric, bargraph, buttons, lights
– –
– Yes
Yes Yes
Access to the PLC real-time clock
No No
5.3
RS 232C/RS 485
Uni-TE, Modbus and for PLC brands: Uni-TE, Modbus
Allen-Bradley, Omron, Mitsubishi, Siemens
RS 232C serial link (1)

Vijeo Designer Lite (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Magelis

XBT R XBT RT

Please, consut our catalogue “Human/Machine interfaces”

5/37
 0

6/0
Content 0
6 - Services 6

6 - Technical information
b Automation product certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/2

b Marine classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/3

b e marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/3

b Protective treatment of Twido controller “TC” and ”TH”. . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/3

Index
b Product reference index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 6/4

6/1
 Technical information 0

Automation products certifications

In some countries, certification of certain electrical components is enforced by law.

A standard conformity certificate is then issued by the official organization. Each
certified product must carry approval symbols when enforced. Use on board
merchant navy vessels generally requires prior approval (= certification) of an
electrical device by certain marine classification authorities.
Key Certification body Country
CSA Canadian Standards Association Canada
C-Tick Australian Communication Authority Australia
GOST Gost Standard Scientific Research Institute C.I.S., Russia
UL Underwriters Laboratories USA
Key Classification authority Country
IACS International Association of Classification Societies International
ABS American Bureau of Shipping USA
BV Bureau Veritas France
DNV Det Norske Veritas Norway
GL Germanischer Lloyd Germany
LR Lloyd’s Register United Kingdom
RINA Registro Italiano Navale Italy
RMRS Russian Maritime Register of Shipping C.I.S.
The table below shows the situation as at 01.09.2007 for certifications obtained
or pending from organizations for base PLCs. An overview of certificates for
Telemecanique products is available on our Internet website:
www.telemecanique.com

Product certifications
Approvals
C-Tick
Hazardous
Certi ed locations
Pending Class I, Div 2 (1)
certi cation UL CSA ACA GOST ATEX
USA Canada Australia CIS, Russia USA, Canada Europe
Advantys OTB
Advantys STB FM
Advantys Telefast ABE 7
ConneXium (2)
Magelis iPC (3) UL
Magelis XBT GT Cat 3 G-D
Magelis XBT F/FC/HM/PM
Magelis XBT N/R CSA/UL Cat 3 G-D
Modicon M340 en cours CSA
Modicon Momentum
Modicon Premium (2) CSA
Modicon Quantum (2) FM (2)
Modicon TSX Micro
Phaseo (3) (4)
Twido (5) (5) CSA/UL (5)
(1) Hazardous locations: UL 1604, CSA 22.2 no. 213 or FM 3611, certi ed products are
acceptable for use in hazardous locations of Class I, division 2, groups A, B, C and D or
unclassi ed only.
(2) Depending on product, consult our website: www.telemecanique.com
(3) cULus North American certi cation (Canada and USA).
(5) Except Universal power supplies and Function modules: UL certi cation pending.
(5) Except TWD NCO1M CANopen module, only e.

Local certifications
BG Germany TSX DPZ 10D2A safety module (TSX Micro).
TSX PAY 262/282 safety modules (Premium).
SIMTARS Australia Modicon TSX Micro automation platform
Modicon Premium automation platform (PL7)
AS-Interface Europe TWD NOI 10M3 master module (Twido).
TSX SAZ 10 master module (TSX Micro).
TSX SAY 1000 master modules (Premium).

6/2
 Technical information 0

Automation products certifications

Community regulations

Marine classification
Marine classification authorities

Certi ed
Pending
certi cation
ABS BV DNV GL LR RINA RMRS
USA France Norway Germany UK Italy C.I.S.
Advantys OTB
Advantys STB (1)
Advantys Telefast ABE 7
ConneXium (2)
Magelis iPC
Magelis XBT GT
Magelis XBT F/FC/HM/PM
Magelis XBT N/R
Modicon M340
Modicon Momentum
Modicon Premium (3) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
Modicon Quantum (2) (2)
Modicon TSX Micro
Phaseo
Twido (4) (4) (4)
(1) Also meets US Navy requirements, ABS-NRV part 4.
(2) Depending on product, consult our website: www.telemecanique.com.
(3) Modicon Premium, also KRS (Korean register of Shipping) certi ed.
(4) Except compact bases TWD LCpp 40DRF, Extreme base TWD LEDCK1, I/O module
TWD DAI 8DT, analogue I/O modules TWD AMI 2LT/4LT/8HT, TWD ARI 8HT,
TWD AVO 2HT, TWD AMM 6HT, communication modules 499 TWD 01100, TWD NCO1M,
TWD NOI 10M3 and taps TWD XCA ISO/T3RJ.

e marking
b The e marking on a product means that the manufacturer certifies that his product
conforms to the relevant European Directives; it is necessary in order that a product
which is subject to a Directive(s) can be marketed and freely moved within the
European Union.
b The e marking is intended solely for the national authorities responsible for
market regulation.

For electrical equipment, conformity of the product to standards indicates that it is

suitable for use. Only the guarantee of a recognized manufacturer provides an
assurance of high quality.
One or more Directives, as appropriate, may apply to our products, in particular:
b The Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC amended by Directive 93/68/EEC: The e
marking under the terms of this Directive is compulsory as of January 1, 1997.
b The Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336/EEC, amended by Directives
92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC: The e marking on the products covered by this Directive
has been compulsory since January 1, 1996.
b Directive e ATEX 94/9/EC.

Protective treatment of Twido controller, compact and modular bases (1)

Twido controller (compact and modular bases) meet the requirements of “TC”
treatment (Treatment for all Climates).
For installations in industrial production workshops or environments corresponding
to «TH» treatment (treatment for hot and humid environments), Modicon M340 PLCs
must be embedded in envelopes with a minimum IP 54 protection, in compliance
with IEC/EN 60664 and NF C 20 040.

Twido controller themselves offer protection to IP 20 level and protection against

pins (encloset equipement) (1). They can therefore be installed without an envelope
in reserved-access areas which do not exceed pollution level 2 (control room with
no dust-producing machine or activity). The pollution level 2 does not take account of
more severe environmental conditions: air pollution by dust, smoke, corrosive or
radioactive particles, vapours or salts, attack by fungi, insects, ...

(1) Extreme base, see page 1/23.

6/3
 Product references index 0

4 ASI ABLD3004 5/35 TCS TSX PLP 01 1/11 TWD NAC 232D 1/19,
490 NTC 000 05 3/7 ASI ABLM3024 5/35 ESM043F1CS0 3/7 TSX PLP 101 1/11 3/16
490 NTC 000 05U 3/7 ASI RPT01 3/15 TCS TSX SCA 50 3/18 et 1/11
490 NTC 000 15 3/7 ESM 043F1CU0 3/7 et 3/21 TWD NAC 485D 1/11,
490 NTC 000 15U 3/7 F TCS TWD ALM 3LT 2/20 1/19
490 NTC 000 40 3/7 FTX CN 12F5 3/10 ESM 043F2CS0 3/7 TWD AMI 2HT 2/20 et 3/16
490 NTC 000 40U 3/7 FTX CN 12M5 3/10 TCS TWD AMI 2LT 2/20 TWD NAC 485T 1/11,
ESM 043F2CU0 3/7
490 NTC 000 80 3/7 FTX CN 3203 3/11 TWD AMI 4LT 2/20 1/19
TCS
490 NTC 000 80U 3/7 FTX CN 3206 3/11 TWD AMI 8HT 2/20 et 3/16
ESM 083F1CS0 3/7
490 NTW 000 02 3/7 FTX CN 3210 3/11 TWD AMM 3HT 2/20 TWD NCO1M 3/9
TCS
490 NTW 000 02U 3/7 FTX CN 3220 3/11 ESM 083F1CU0 3/7 TWD AMM 6HT 2/20 TWD NOI 10M3 3/13
490 NTW 000 05 3/7 FTX CN 3230 3/11 TCS TWD AMO 1HT 2/20 TWD NOZ 232D et 1/19
490 NTW 000 05U 3/7 FTX CN 3250 3/11 ESM 083F23F0 3/7 TWD ARI 8HT 2/20 3/16
490 NTW 000 12 3/7 FTX CNCT1 3/11 TCS TWD AVO 2HT 2/20 TWD NOZ 485D 1/19
490 NTW 000 12U 3/7 FTX CNTL12 3/11 ESM 083F2CS0 3/7 TWD BTF U10M 4/7 et 3/16
490 NTW 000 40 3/7 FTX DP2115 3/11 TCS TWD DAI 8DT 2/8 TWD NOZ 485T 1/19
490 NTW 000 40U 3/7 FTX DP2130 3/11 ESM 083F2CU0 3/7 TWD DDI 16DK 2/8 et 3/16
490 NTW 000 80 3/7 FTX DP2150 3/11 TCS TWD DDI 16DT 2/8 TWD
490 NTW 000 80U 3/7 FTX DP2206 3/11 ESM 083F2CX0 3/7 TWD DDI 32DK 2/8 SMD 1002 V30M 4/9
499 NEH 104 10 3/7 FTX DP2210 3/11 TCS ESU 051F0 1/30 TWD DDI 8DT 2/8 TWD
499 NES 181 00 3/7 FTX DP2220 3/11 and 3/7 TWD DDO 16TK 2/8 SMD 1004 V30M 4/9
499 NES 251 00 3/7 FTX DP2250 3/11 TCS TWD DDO 16UK 2/8 TWD XCA 2A10M 1/19
499 NMS 251 01 3/7 FTX CN 3203 1/30 MCN 3M4F3C2 3/19 TWD DDO 32TK 2/8 TWD XCA FD010 3/19
499 NMS 251 02 3/7 FTX CN 3206 1/30 TCS TWD DDO 32UK 2/8 et 3/21
499 NSS 251 01 3/7 FTX CN 3210 1/30 MCN 3M4M3S2 3/19 TWD DDO 8TT 2/8 TWD XCA FJ010 3/19
499 NSS 251 02 3/7 FTX CN 3220 1/30 TCS MCN1F10 1/30 TWD DDO 8UT 2/8 TWD XCA ISO 3/18
499 TWD 01100 3/5 FTX CN 3230 1/30 TCS MCN1F2 1/30 TWD DMM 24DRF 2/8 TWD XCA RJ003 3/19
499 NES 251 00 1/30 FTX CN 3250 1/30 TCS MCN1F5 1/30 TWD DMM 8DRT 2/8 TWD XCA RJ010 3/19
499 TWD 01100 4/7 TLA CD CBA 005 3/11 TWD DRA 16RT 2/8 TWD XCA RJ030 3/19
L TLA CD CBA 015 3/11 TWD DRA 8RT 2/8 TWD XCA T3RJ 3/18
A LAD 90 5/25 TLA CD CBA 030 3/11 TWD FBT2T10 5/13 TWD XCP MFK32 1/11
ABE 7B20MPN20 5/12 LU9 GC3 3/18 TLA CD CBA 050 3/11 TWD FCN 5K20 2/9 et 1/19
ABE 7B20MPN22 5/12 TSX CAN CA100 3/10 TWD FCN 5K26 2/9 TWD XCP MFK64 1/11
ABE 7B20MRM20 5/12 R TSX CAN CA300 3/10 TWD FCN2K20 5/13 et 1/19
ABE 7BV20 5/12 RPF 2ABD 1/30 TSX CAN CA50 3/10 TWD FCN2K26 5/13 TWD XCP ODC 1/11
ABE 7BV20TB 5/12 RPF 2AJD 1/30 TSX TWD FCW 30K 2/9 TWD XCP ODM 1/19
CAN CADD03 3/10 et 3/16
ABE 7E16EPN20 5/12 RPF 2BBD 1/30 TWD FCW 30M 2/9
TSX CAN CADD1 3/10 TWD XCP RTC 1/11
ABE 7E16SPN20 5/12 RPF 2BJD 1/30 TWD FCW 50K 2/9
TSX CAN CADD3 3/10 TWD XDP PAK6M 4/7
ABE 7E16SPN22 5/12 TWD FCW 50M 2/9
TSX CAN CADD5 3/10 TWD XMT 5 1/19,
ABE 7E16SRM20 5/12 S TWD FCW30K 5/13
TSX CAN CB100 3/10
6 ABE 7FU012
ABE 7FU030
5/12
5/12
SR1 KIT02
SR1 MOD01
3/20
3/20
TSX CAN CB300
TSX CAN CB50
3/10
3/10
TWD FCW30M
TWD FCW50K
5/13
5/13
2/9,
2/20,
ABE 7FU100 5/12 SR1 MOD2 3/20 TWD FCW50M 5/13 3/9,
TSX et 3/13
ABE 7FU200 5/12 TWD FTB 2T13 1/19
CAN CBDD03 3/10 TWD XSM 14 1/11
ABF C20R200 5/13 T TWD FTB 2T16 1/19
TSX CAN CBDD1 3/10 TWD XSM 6 1/11
ABF T20E050 5/12 TCS ARR01M 3/15 TWD FTB2T11 5/13
TSX CAN CBDD3 3/10 TWD XSM 9 1/11
ABF T20E100 5/12 TCS ATN011F 3/15 TWD
TSX CAN CBDD5 3/10 TWD FCNK70 1/30
ABF T20E200 5/12 TCS ATN011F1 3/15 LCAA 10DRF 1/11
TSX CAN CD100 3/10 TWD
ABF T26B050 5/12 TCS ATN011F2 3/15 TWD
TSX CAN CD300 3/10 LCAA 16DRF 1/11 FCWK70L015 1/30
ABF T26B100 5/12 TCS ATN01N2 3/15
TSX CAN CD50 3/10 TWD TWD LEDCK1 1/30
ABF T26B200 5/12 TCS ATN02V 3/15
TSX LCAA 24DRF 1/11 TWD NADK70P 1/31
ABF TE20EP100 2/9 TCS ATV011F1 3/15 CAN KCDF 180T 3/10
ABF TE20EP200 2/9 TCS ATV011F2 3/15 TWD TWD XMTCT 1/30
TSX LCAA 40DRF 1/11 TWD XMTK4 1/30
ABF TE20EP300 2/9 TCS ATV01N2 3/15 CAN KCDF 90T 3/10 TWD 1/11
ABF TE20SP100 2/9 TCS TSX LCAE 40DRF et 3/4 V
ABF TE20SP200 2/9 CCN 4F3 M05T 3/11 CAN KCDF 90TP 3/10
TCS TWD VW3 A8 114 3/20
ABF TE20SP300 2/9 TSX CAN TDM4 3/10
CCN 4F3 M1T 3/11 LCDA 10DRF 1/11 et 4/9
ABF TP26MP100 2/9 TSX CRJMD 25 3/20
TCS TWD VW3 A8 306 D30 3/19
ABF TP26MP200 2/9 and 4/7 LCDA 16DRF 1/11
ABF TP26MP300 2/9 CCN 4F3 M3T 3/11 VW3 A8 306 R03 3/19
TSX CSA 100 3/19 TWD 1/11
ABL 7RM24025 5/25 TCS VW3 A8 306 R10 3/19
and 3/21 LCDA 24DRF
CTN011M11F 3/11 VW3 A8 306 R30 3/19
ABL 7RP1205 5/31 TSX CSA 200 3/19 TWD
TCS VW3 A8 306 R30 3/19
ABL 7RP4803 5/31 and 3/21 LCDA 40DRF 1/11
ECL 1M3M 10S2 3/7 VW3 A8 306 RC 3/19
ABL 8MEM05040 5/25 TSX CSA 500 3/19 TWD
TCS VW3 A8 306 TF03 3/18
ABL 8MEM12020 5/25 ECL 1M3M 1S2 3/7 et 3/21 LCDE 40DRF 1/11
ABL 8MEM24003 5/25 TWD VW3 A8 306 TF10 3/18
TCS TSX CUSB 485 1/31,
ABL 8MEM24006 5/25 LCDE 40DRF 3/4 W3 A8115 3/20
ECL 1M3M 25S2 3/7 3/20
ABL 8MEM24012 5/25 TWD VW3 CAN A71 3/11
TCS et 4/7
ABL 8REM24030 5/31 LMDA 20DRT 1/19 VW3 3/11
ECL 1M3M 3S2 3/7 TSX CX 100 3/19
TWD CAN CARR03
ABL 8REM24050 5/31 TCS et 3/21
LMDA 20DTK 1/19 VW3 CAN CARR1 3/11
AM0 ECL 1M3M 40S2 3/7 TSX PCX 1031 3/20,
2CA 001V000 3/11 TWD VW3 3/11
TCS 4/7
LMDA 20DUK 1/19 CAN KCDF 180T
ASI 67FACC2 3/15 ECL 1M3M 5S2 3/7 et 4/9
TWD VW3 CAN TAP2 3/10
ASI ABLB3002 5/35 TCS ECN 300R2 3/6 TSX PCX 1130 3/20 LMDA 40DTK 1/19 VW3 M38 05 R010 3/11
ASI ABLB3004 5/35 TCS EK1 MDRS 3/6 et 4/9 TWD
ASI ABLD3002 5/35 TCS EK3 MDS 3/6
LMDA 40DUK 1/19

6/4
Product references index
(continued) 0

VW3 A8 106 1/31

VW3 A8 114 4/7
and 1/31
VW3 A8 115 4/7
and 1/31
VW3 A8 306 D30 1/31
VW3 A8 306 R03 1/31
VW3 A8 306 R10 1/31
VW3 A8 306 R30 1/31

X
XBT Z938 3/19
XBT Z968 3/19
XBT Z9780 3/19
XGS Z24 3/18
XGS Z33 ETH 1/30
XZ CB10201 3/15
XZ CB10201H 3/15
XZ CB10202 3/15
XZ CB10202H 3/15
XZ CB10501 3/15
XZ CB10501H 3/15
XZ CB10502 3/15
XZ CB10502H 3/15
XZ CB11001 3/15
XZ CB11001H 3/15
XZ CB11002 3/15
XZ CB11002H 3/15

6/5
 The efficiency of Telemecanique
branded solutions
Used in combination, Telemecanique products provide quality solutions,
meeting all your Automation & Control applications requirements.

A worldwide presence
Constantly available
b More than 5 000 points of sale in 130 countries.
b You can be sure to find the range of products that are right for you and which
complies fully with the standards in the country where they are used.

Technical assistance wherever you are

b Our technicians are at your disposal to assist you in finding the optimum
solution for your particular needs.
b Schneider Electric provides you with all necessary technical assistance,
throughout the world.

Simply Smart !
DIA3ED2070902EN

Schneider Electric Industries SAS

Head Office Due to evolution of standards and equipment, the characteristics indicated in texts and images of this
89, bd Franklin Roosevelt document do not constitute a commitment on our part without confirmation.
92506 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex Design: Schneider Electric
France Photos: Schneider Electric
Printed by:
www.schneider-electric.com
www.telemecanique.com

ART. 960211 10/2007